Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CCL Contracting Inc; 2011-08-26; PWS11-43UTIL (2)
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CONTRACT NO. 55081 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 - TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent', and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 1 of 95 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency -The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. 3 Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 2 of 95 Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item - A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 3 of 95 Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - The Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications - General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Reference Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 4 of 95 Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street - Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 5 of 95 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate ARTS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP.. Cast iron pipe CIPP .....Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONG Concrete CONN . Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSD Carlsbad Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DBL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT : Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT.. Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 6 of 95 FD Floor drain FDN Foundation FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG ..Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP ...Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamppost LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD . Modified, modify MON Monument MSL..Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 7 of 95 SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent SEC Section SF Square foot SFM Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STHWY State highway STA Station STD Standard SIR Straight SIR GR Straight grade STRUC Structural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard T Telephone TAN Tangent TC Top of curb TEL Telephone TF Top of footing TOPO Topography TR Tract TRANS Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC Traffic signal conduit TSS Traffic signal standard TW Top of wall TYP Typical UE Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB Valve box VC Vertical curve VCP Vitrified clay pipe VERT Vertical VOL Volume VWD Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM Water meter WPJ Weakened plane joint XCONN Cross connection XSEC Cross section o 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey Revised 01720/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 8 of 95 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 micrometer (ym) 1 inch (jn) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) „ 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft )„ 0.0929 square meter (rrr) 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m ) 1 cubjc foot (ft L 0.0283 cubic meter (m 1 cubic yard (yd ) 0.7646 cubic meter (m 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm /s)1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibf/ft) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m)1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound| force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F - 32)/1.8 ?l Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 9 of 95 kilo(k) 1(T centi(c) 10~* milli(m) 10"3 micro (jx) W nano(n) 10 pico(p) 10'12 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds1 Number / per or (between words) Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 10 of 95 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 11 of 95 Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will 'be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. ^F Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 12 of 95 The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 13 of 95 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. /—», 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist of one set. The first set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 462-5 and consists of 48 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. '**** The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law 2) Change orders, whichever occurs last 3) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last 4) Technical Specifications 5) Contract 6) Carlsbad General Provisions and Supplemental Provisions. 7) Plans 8) Standards plans. s**. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings ^F Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 14 of 95 b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans 9) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended 10) Reference Specifications 11) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.2.1 Precedence of Contract Documents: Where CALTRANS specifications are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of precedence in Section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all other matters. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required be performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 15 of 95 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By:Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) Item Section Number Title Subject 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 7-10.4.1 207-2.5 207-8.4 207-10.2.1 300-3.2 303-1.6.1 303-1.7.1 303-3.1 304-1.1.1 304-1.1.2 304-2.1 306-2.1 306-3.1 306-3.4 306-6 306-8 307-4.3 Safety Orders Joints Joints General Cofferdams General General General Shop Drawings Falsework Plans General General General Tunnel Supports Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities Microtunneling Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Trench Shoring Reinforced Concrete Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Fabricated Steel Pipe Structure Excavation & Backfill Falsework Placing Reinforcement Prestressed Concrete Construction Structural Steel Structural Steel Metal Hand Railings Jacking Operations Tunneling Operations Tunneling Operations Polyethylene Liner Installation Microtunneling Operations Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10,12,13,14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 16 of 95 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphajt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 17 of 95 pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to. satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 18 of 95 their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 19 of 95 TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking o Feature Staked Street Centerline Clearing Slope Fence Rough Grade Cuts or Fills > 10m (33') Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) Asphalt Pavement Finish Course Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities®, © Curb Traffic Signal ® Signal Poles & Controller ® Junction Box ® Conduit ® Minor Structure ® Abutment Fill Stake Description <2> SDRS M-10 Monument Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grading area RP, paint on previous course RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, ® <1000', Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans lath - Intervisible, < 50' on tangents & < 25' on curves, Painted line - continuous Intervisible and < 50' <: 200' on tangents, < 50' on curves when R> 1000' & 25' on curves when R< 1000' <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' < 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information intervisible & < 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines < 25', BC & EC, at 1/4A, 1/2A & *A on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1 000' or where grade < 0.30% for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression © < 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions Lateral Spacing <3>, <5> on street centerline at clearing line Grade Breaks &<25' N/A ( constant offset) N/A <22' edge of pavement, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate ( constant offset) as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 0.02' Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein 1 ' Horizontal 0.1' Vertical* Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal 0.1 'Vertical* Horizontal V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical (when vertical data needed) 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 20 of 95 Feature Staked Wall® Major Structure © Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls Superstructures Miscellaneous <3> Contour Grading ® Utilities ®, ® Channels, Dikes & Ditches ® Signs ® Subsurface Drains ® Overside Drains ® Markers ® Railings & Barriers ® AC Dikes ® Box Culverts Pavement Markers® Stake Description ® RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, <£> < 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height 1 0' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1 000' or where grade < 0.30% intervisible & < 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & < 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location for asphalt street surfacing < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000'. At beginning & end and < 50' on tangents & curves when R > 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000' At beginning & end 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when R > 1000' & 25' on curves when R < 1000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice Lateral Spacing <3>, ® as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate along contour line as appropriate as appropriate Line point as appropriate At beginning & end At marker location(s) at railing & barrier location(s) as appropriate as appropriate at pavement marker location(s) Setting Tolerance (Within) '/4F' Horizontal & 74" Vertical °/8" Horizontal & 74" Vertical %" Horizontal & 74" Vertical 0.1 'Vertical* Horizontal %" Horizontal & 74" Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & 74" Vertical 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal 0.1 'Horizontals 74" Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & 74" Vertical 74" Horizontal 7a" Horizontal & Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & Vertical °/8" Horizontal & 74" Vertical 74" Horizontal ® Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature © Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table ® Perpendicular to centerline. © Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto © Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature © > means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. < means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. ® The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 21 of 95 All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control Clearing Grading Structure Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, etc. Bench marks Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/Black Yellow White Blue White/Yellow Orange ' Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 22 of 95 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 23 of 95 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 24 of 95 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 25 of 95 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 26 of 95 The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 27 of 95 The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours Worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 28 of 95 The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 29 of 95 The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1,1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 30 of 95 (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails .to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 31 of 95 (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 32 of 95 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 33 of 95 the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 34 of 95 furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 35 of 95 The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall cpnsist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 36 of 95 The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate,' remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 37 of 95 SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the *•«***' support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 38 of 95 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6, 2006 Edition, and all pertinent supplements thereto. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the V*, Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 39 of 95 utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume resppnsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part pf the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 40 of 95 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". No work shall be performed on January 23, 2011. Contractor shall prepare all work areas in Jefferson Street and along pipeline alignments for the Carlsbad Marathon on January 23, 2011. Contractor shall provide a full width of road and a safe running surface to Carlsbad Marathon participants. Road surface on January 23, 2011 shall have no abrupt edges, non-uniform surfaces or hazards to Marathon participants. Contractor shall make the site available for inspection by the City of Carlsbad by 08:00 on January 21, 2011. 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 41 of 95 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows XP compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project1 program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows XP system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project* program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 42 of 95 provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 43 of 95 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 44 of 95 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different' means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment. Construction Schedule will be paid for at the stipulated lump sum price of seven thousand five hundred dollars ($7500.00). The stipulated lump sum price paid for Construction Schedule shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work involved in attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow chart Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be precedent to each and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction Schedule will be made as per Sections 6-1.8.1 through 6-1.8.3. 6-1.8.1 Initial Payment. Two thousand two hundred fifty dollars ($2250.00) of the stipulated lump sum bid for the Construction Schedule will be made when the Engineer has accepted a Construction Schedule for this project 6-1.8.2 Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments. Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments of three hundred seventy-five dollars ($375.00) will be made subsequent to the initial payment for the Construction Schedule for each monthly Construction Schedule, updated as required herein, that the Engineer has accepted as sufficient within the month that the monthly progress payment pertains. No payment shall be made, nor shall any payment accrue, for any monthly updated construction schedule that is not marked "Accepted" by the Engineer on or before the twentieth working day of the month such monthly updated construction schedule is due per Section 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The sum of the amounts paid for Construction Schedule during the initial and subsequent payment periods, or extensions to the contract, shall not exceed the stipulated lump sum price for Construction Schedule. 6-1.8.3 Concluding Payment. A Final payment of one thousand five hundred dollars ^W Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 45 of 95 ($1500.00) for the Construction Schedule will be made when both one hundred percent of the ^m^ contract work is completed and the Engineer has accepted a final construction schedule update ^1 prepared and submitted by the Contractor as required herein that shows the actual beginning and ending dates and all other data that is required for baseline and update schedules for each activity shown on the baseline construction schedule and updates thereto that the Engineer accepted for this project. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. ***>. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, testing, ""**' functional tests, start-up and commissioning services, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The following descriptions of work are overviews only and shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibilities to perform the coordination and work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Some phases or portions of phases may overlap each other and/or occur during the same time period. Phased operations necessary to guarantee the uninterupted operation of the Buena Vista Lift Station, temporary bypass pumping and/or disposal of sewage, testing of new or rehabilitated force main segments, abandonment of specified sections of existing force mains and transfer of flows to the new, parallel Force Main "B" shall be submitted for review and approval to the Engineer prior to any of these phases of the Work begun. No work shall be allowed within the Buena Vista Lagoon or within Buena Vista Creek. The Work includes construction of approximately 4100 linear feet of 24-inch diameter SDR 11 HOPE or 24-inch diameter fusible DR 18 C-905 PVC Force Main using open cut construction methods. The pipeline will be installed from the Buena Vista Lift Station to the junction with two parallel 16-inch asbestos concrete pipes (ACP) which are located within the bridge deck of the Jefferson Street Overcrossing (Caltrans Bridge No. 57-0271) in the City of Carlsbad, CA. Approximately 2400 linear feet of existing 24-inch DIP will be rehabilitated using structural CIPP or removed and replaced with new 24-inch HOPE or fusible C-905 PVC pipe. In conjunction with the Work, existing segments of force mains, both 24-Inch ductile iron and 16- Inch asbestos concrete pipe (ACP), will be either removed or abandoned in place, capped and sealed or filled. The Work also includes the installation of flow meter vaults (2), new flow meters (2), air/vacuum release valves (4) with required protection cans or cages as well as pipe supports at the Jefferson Street North Bridge crossing Buena Vista Creek, and a new surge ^\ •«*r Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 46 of 95 relief tank together with required appurtenances for its complete functional operation. Other equipment shall include isolation and shutoff valves, aluminum access hatches (4 total, traffic rated), flanged coupling adaptors, plastic to ductile iron adaptors, miscellaneous pipe fittings, temporary bypass piping, electrical controls, instrumentation, wire and conduit, miscellaneous piping, and connections and fittings. The Work also includes construction of or installation of earthwork, yard piping, restoration of fencing and drainage swales, landscape restoration, trench and storm drains, installation and maintenance of temporary BMP's, permits, small diameter piping, protection of existing facilities at the Buena Vista Lift Station, traffic signal improvements, paving and restoration of pavements and markings, and removal and proper disposal of asbestos cement pipe and any other materials deemed hazardous by the State of California. 6-2.2 Pipeline Construction Phasing 1. Provide complete bypass pumping plans and phased plan for hydrostatic testing of pipeline segments in accordance with the specifications for review and approval prior to modification of any existing piping, valves or force mains or construction of new force main segments. 2. Contact the City of Carlsbad Engineering Inspection and the Encina Wastewater Authority prior to any planned service disruption. 3. Construct yard piping modifications as necessary for temporary bypass pumping, connection, testing and commissioning of parallel Force Main "B" 4. Install new crossover valve assembly per contract drawings. Connect to Force Mains "A/C" and construct necessary stub-outs for Force Main "B" as well as isolation of existing 16" ACP Force Mains. Provide bypass pumping as necessary. 5. Modify Buena Vista Lift Station yard piping to allow connection of Force Main "B", testing of connecting pipeline segments and isolation and/or transfer connections of both Force Mains. Provide bypass pumping as necessary. 6. Construct new Force Main "B" and test in accordance with Specification Section 01680. 7. Upon acceptance of Force Main "B", transfer Buena Vista Lift Station sewage flow to Force Main "B" and remove and dewater existing Force Main "A" from service. Provide bypass pumping and sewage disposal as necessary. 8. Plug and abandon sections of Force Main "A" as shown on the plans. 9. Rehabilitate, reline, or install new pipeline segments for Force Main "A/C" in accordance with specification section 02315 and/or all other applicable sections. 10. Provide functional and operational tests of all systems, valves, surge tanks, controls, flowmeters as required per these specifications. 11. Construct new yard piping, drainage, restoration of lift station facilities and roadways per contract drawings. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 47 of 95 12. Restore areas, the Buena Vista Lift Station yard, streets, curbs, gutters, drainage as shown on the plans or as directed by the specifications, install cleanouts, catch basins as shown on the plans. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, 'The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 48 of 95 If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 49 of 95 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 240 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 50 of 95 inspection costs of such work. No work along Jefferson Street shall be performed by the contractor on January 24th, 2010. The Contractor shall incorporate the date, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. Contractor is hereby advised that the Engineer will require after hours and weekend work on an interim basis to accomplish work for (a) tie-in, connections, testing, startup, and commissioning of Force Mains "A" and "B", tie-in to existing dual 16-inch ACP force mains at Jefferson Street West lnterstate-5 bridge crossing and (b) any other ancillary areas as required. The remaining work schedules for above work referenced in (b) will be at the Engineer's option. Contractor shall coordinate all evening and weekend work, tie-ins, disruptions of service, testing, startup, commissioning and decommissioning of force mains, and pump station construction with each of the following: a.) City of Carlsbad Engineering Inspection b.) Encina Wastewater Authority 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 51 of 95 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of one thousand dollars ($1000.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that one thousand dollars ($1000.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 52 of 95 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. The prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3), and sections section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act. The Contractor may obtain wage determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor's web site, www.wdol.gov. The Prime Contractor shall Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. The contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the City Engineer. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 53 of 95 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. Encina Wastewater Authority (EWA) The EWA requires the Contractor to submit a completed Discharge Packet that includes the Special Use Discharge Permit Application and Indemnity Agreement for all discharges to the sanitary sewer system associated with the work. Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the completed Discharge Packet, laboratory samples and Certification statement to EWA for approval. The Contractor shall pay any additional fees and any resulting fines associated with discharge from this project. A copy of the Discharge Packet is included in Appendix B. All discharges to the sanitary sewer system from this work shall meet the requirements as specified Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 54 of 95 in the EWA Local Discharge Limits Table included in Appendix B. The Contractor is hereby notified that styrene is considered a Toxic Organic (TO) pollutant, as specified in the EWA Local Discharge Limits table and is subject to the Toxic Organic limit as specified. Any discharge to the sanitary sewer system that is deemed by the Owner to have exceeded the discharge limitations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to treat prior to discharge to the sanitary sewer system. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and ***'"* free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 55 of 95 sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. o Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 56 of 95 Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 2009-0009-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. The Notice of Intent (NOI) shall be filed for the project. The NOI shall be filed by the City of Carlsbad per requirements of the latest NPDES Construction Permit before a Notice to Proceed is issued. The Contractor is responsible for payment of any associated fees. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 57 of 95 Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 58 of 95 The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 59 of 95 or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored /••%, elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. s«^ Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) Brown and Caldwell (Engineer) (858) 514-8822 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch (760) 931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch (760)931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) (760) 438-2980 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations (760)602-2752 ****. 6) North County Transit District (760) 967-2828 ^Ji 7) Waste Management (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 60 of 95 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5. Let seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than 1.8 m (6') from personnel, nor operate equipment within 0.6 m (21) from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment, the 0.6 m (21) shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. During the entire construction, a minimum of one paved traffic lane in each direction (Jefferson Street North), not less than 12' wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 61 of 95 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 62 of 95 TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify, add to or supplement the TCP shown on sheets T-1 through T-10 of the Contract Drawings or substitute TCP to further its own interests. Such substitution shall be prepared in type and kind as sheets T-1 through T-10 of the Contract Drawings. The level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and size no less than shown on sheets T-1 through T-10 of the Contract Drawings. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 63 of 95 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit- required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 64 of 95 (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 65 of 95 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL [NOT USED] o Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 66 of 95 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 67 of 95 it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 68 of 95 Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide. all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 69 of 95 to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 70 of 95 stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his expense. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 71 of 95 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. ADD the following: 203-6.2.1 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +7-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.3 (A) Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). "-** 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches. 203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accordance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability using: a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values or Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 72 of 95 b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 1Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +/-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage, add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic Electrical Systems", herein, shall replace Section 209, "Electrical Components", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and materials and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. For electrical components provided and installed in systems not including street lighting and traffic signals section 209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems", herein. For section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic Electrical Systems", for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals both construction materials and construction methods have been combined into a single section. SECTION 209 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 209-5 DETECTORS 209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans. All sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675. The units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test 667. After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each unit shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to 135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily accessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without readjustment from -18°C to 71 °C (0° to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to facilitate identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by providing a pictorial diagram showing physical location and identification of each component. Each printed circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass cloth base epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm (Vie") minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold plated contacts. Intercomponent wiring shall be Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 73 of 95 copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/m2 (2 oz/ft2). Printed circuit design shall be such that components may be removed and replaced without permanent damage to boards or tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wiring." 209-5.01 A Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the following: 209-5.01 A(1) General. The term "inductive loop detector" applies to a complete installation consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lead-in cable and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet. 209-5.01 A(3) Sensor Unit Construction. "Card" type sensor units shall conform to the requirements in 'Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Section 11 of the NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for loop tuning shall not be mounted external to the sensor unit. 209-5.01 A(4) Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall be continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following: Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-linked polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thickness at any point shall be 1.0 mm (40 mils). Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor shall be ^^ Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shall be polyethylene or ^, vinyl, rated for use at 105°C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. The tubing shall have a """ maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27") and a minimum wall thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028"). The conductors shall not be spliced inside the tubing. Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (19 x 29) stranded tinned copper. Loop detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional area of ASTM Designation: B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the following: Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5 mm (20 mils) of high-density polyethylene. The conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter and the twisted pair shall be protected with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. The cable shall be provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-density polypropylene outer jacket with a nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier of nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fillers shall be provided. TypeC lead-in cable shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. 209-5.01 A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as specified in Section 209-5.01 A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement shall be washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting <*\ from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by *«*r Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 74 of 95 public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with sealant to within 3 mm (V8") of the pavement surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (1") thick above the top conductor in the saw cut. Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following: 1. Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.— Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 209-5.01 A(5)(B). TABLE 209-5.01 A(5)(B) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Cone Penetration Flow, 60°C Resilience Softening Point, Ductility, Flash Point, COG, °C Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 ASTM D 36 ASTMD 113 ASTM D 92 ASTM D 4402 Results 3.5 mm, max. 5 mm, max. 25%, min. 82 °C, min. 300 mm, min. 288 °C, min. 2.5-3.5 Pa-s Conditions 25°C, 150g, 5s 25°C 25°C, 50 mm/min No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be packaged in containers clearly marked "Detector Loop Sealant" and specifying the batch and lot number of the manufacturer. Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box. The loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system, in the same pull box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors for traffic monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet when a cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic monitoring installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 75 of 95 in the pull box adjacent to the loops and near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic monitoring station cabinet. Bands shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, 'Wiring." If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing the uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans, in the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface. 209-5.01 B Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre-emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal. Each system shall permit detection of Class II emergency vehicles. Class II emergency vehicles shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector. 209-5.016(1) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter unit, an emitter control unit and connecting cables and shall conform to the following: Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient temperature range of -34aC to 742C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25 2C ambient before failure of lamp or any other component. Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code. Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only. The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when used with a standard optical detection/discriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class II signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detection/discriminator assembly to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the system. A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly. The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control. Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter assembly shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage by more than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5 volts DC and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 76 of 95 The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit. Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion- resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the emitter unit into proper alignment. Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles, the emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof. Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE J1708 communication standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter. 209-5.018(2) Optical Detection/Discriminator Assembly. Optical detection/discriminator assembly shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator module and conform to the following: Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer of the system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminator module set to "maximum". 209-5.018(3) Optical Detector. Each optical detector shall be a waterproof Unit capable of receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle between the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for each photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of the assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II emitter. All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated discriminator module. Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and aimed as specified by the manufacturer. 209-5.018(4) Optical Detector Cable. Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of IPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 752C, Type B and the following: The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be 25 mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows: Yellow - Detector Signal #1 Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 77 of 95 Blue - Detector Signal #2 Orange - Power (+) Bare (Drain) - Common or Ground The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent overlap. Where the film is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the shield. The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 80 SC and a minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by IPCEA/NEMA. The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches. The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet. 209-5.018(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model 332 controller cabinet, and shall.conform to the requirements of Chapter 1 of the State of California, Department of Transportation, 'Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications", dated January 1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement. Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable of: 1. Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet. 2. Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz for Class II signals. 3. Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time received. A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class II signal regardless of the number of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for a period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to 11 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 + 0.5 seconds and 10 ± 0.5 seconds. 4. Providing an output for each channel that will result in "low" or grounded condition of the appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit. For Class II signals the output shall be steady. Each discriminator module shall be powered from 115 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel, shall terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector pin assignments shall be as follows: Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 78 of 95 Pins Function Pins Function A Ground P Not used D Channel A primary detector input R Detector 24 VDC power output E Detector 24 VDC power output S Not used F Channel A output, collector (+) T Not used H Channel A output, emitter (-) U Not used J Channel B primary detector input V Detector ground K Detector ground W Channel B output collector (+) L Earth ground X Channel B output emitter (-) M AC-(in) Y Not used N AC + (in) Z Not used Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector. Pin assignment for the connector shall be as follows: Function Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel B Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking 50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs. Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly. Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input, file. The front panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and indicators for each channel: 1. A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display active calls. 2. A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority. 3. A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences. The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent to a D-Shell 44-Pin front panel. Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following: Slots 12 and 13 of the input file "J" shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for the primary detectors, except 24-volt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB- 9 in the controller cabinet or on the rear of input file "J", depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is used, position assignments shall be as follows: Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 79 of 95 Position Assignment 4 Channel A detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 5 Channel B detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 7 Channel A detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) 8 Channel B detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) The 24 volt cabinet DC power shall be available at Position 1 of terminal board TB-1 in the controller cabinet. All field wiring for the auxiliary detectors shall terminate on terminal board TB-0 in the controller cabinet. Position assignments are as follows: Position Assignment 7 +24VDC from (J-13E) 8 Detector ground from (J-13K) 9 Channel A auxiliary detector input 1 10 Channel A auxiliary detector input 2 11 Channel B auxiliary detector input 1 12 Channel B auxiliary detector input 2 The contractor shall demonstrate that all of the components of the system will perform satisfactorily as a system. Satisfactory performance shall be determined using the following test procedure: 1. Each system to be used for testing shall consist of an optical emitter assembly, an optical detector, at least 200 feet of optical detector cable and a discriminator module. 2. The discriminator modules shall be installed in the proper input file slot of Model 332 controller cabinet. The controller cabinet, together with a Model 170 controller unit with the appropriate operating program, a Model 210 monitor unit and 120 volt AC power, will be available as shown on the plans and as indicated elsewhere in these special provisions. 3. One test shall be conducted using a Class II signal emitter and a distance of 2,500 feet between the emitter and the detector. All range adjustments on the module shall be set to "Maximum" for each test. 4. Each test shall be conducted for a period of one hour, during which the emitter shall be operated for 30 cycles, each consisting of a one minute "on" interval and a one minute "off1 interval. During the total test period: (A) the emitter signal shall cause the proper response from the Model 170 controller unit during each "on" interval and (B) there shall be no improper operation of either the Model 170 controller unit or the monitor during each "off1 interval. 209-5.01 C Video Detection System. The video detection system shall consist of one (1) video camera and one (1) video detection processor (VDP) for each vehicle approach. A video monitor and a pointing device shall be housed in the controller cabinet. The system shall include software that detects vehicles in multiple lanes using only the video image. Detection zones shall be defined using only a video menu and a pointing device to place zones on a video image. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be available. 209-5.010(1) Functional Requirements. The VDP shall process video from a single source. The source can be a video camera or a video tape player. The video shall be input to the VDP in RS170 format and shall be digitized and analyzed in real time. The VDP shall detect the presence of vehicles in up to 24 detection zones per camera. A detection zone shall be Revised 01720/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 80 of 95 approximately the width and length of one car. Detection zones shall be programmed via a menu displayed on a video monitor and a pointing device connected to the VDP. The menu shall facilitate placement of the detection zones and setting of zone parameters. A separate computer shall not be required for programming detection zones or to view system operations. The VDP shall store up to three different detection zone patterns. The VDP shall be able to switch to any one of the three different detection zone patterns within one second of user request via menu selection with the pointing device. The VDP shall detect vehicles in real time as they travel across each detection zone. The VDP shall have an RS-232 port for communications with an external computer. The VDP shall accept new detector patterns from an external computer through the RS-232 port when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for downloading detector patterns. The VDP shall send its detector patterns to an external computer through the RS-232 port when requested when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for uploading detector patterns. A Windows-based software program designed for local or remote connection and providing video capture, real-time detection indication and detection zone modification capability shall be provided with the system. The camera system shall be able to transmit an NTSC video signal, with minimal signal degradation, up to 300m (1000 ft). The VDP shall default to a safe condition, such as a constant call to each active detection channel, in the event of unacceptable interference in the video signal. The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all defined detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected output shall be active during the low visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier(s). The system shall automatically revert to normal detection mode when the low visibility condition no longer exists. 209-5.010(2) Operational Requirements. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be supported and each detection zone can be sized to suit the conditions and the desired vehicle detection region. A single detection zone shall be capable of replacing multiple loops and the detection zone may be AND'ed or OR'ed together to indicate vehicle presence on a single phase of traffic movement. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using a pointing device and a graphical interface built into the VDP and displayed on a video monitor. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to three detection zone patterns shall be saved within the VDP memory and this memory shall be preserved during power outages. The selection of the detection zone pattern for current use shall be done through a menu system. It shall be possible to activate a detection zone pattern for a camera from VDP memory and have the detection zone pattern displayed within one second of activation. When a vehicle is detected crossing a detection zone, the detection zone will flash a symbol on the screen to confirm the detection of the vehicle. Detection shall be at least 98% accurate in good weather conditions and at least 96% accurate under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow or fog). Detector placement shall not be more distant from the camera than a distance of fifteen times the mounting height of the camera. The VDP shall provide up to eight channels of vehicle presence detection through a NEMA TS1 port. The VDP shall provide dynamic zone reconfiguration (DZR) to enable normal detector operation of existing zones except the one being added or modified during the setup process. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 81 of 95 The VDP shall output a constant call on any detection channel when the corresponding zone is <^| being modified. w* Detection zone outputs shall be configurable to allow the selection of presence, pulse, extend and delay outputs. Timing parameters of pulse, extend, and delay outputs shall be user definable between 0.1 and 25.0 seconds. Up to six detection zones shall be capable of counting the number of vehicles detected. The count value shall be internally stored for later retrieval through the RS-232 port. The data collection interval shall be user definable in periods of five, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes. 209-5.010(3) Hardware Requirements. The VDP shall be housed in a durable metal enclosure suitable for shelf mounting in the side rails of the controller cabinet. The VDP enclosure shall not exceed 180mm (7.1 in) in length and 157mm (6.2 in) in depth. The VDP shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +74°C (-29°F to +165°F) and a humidity range of 0%RH to 95% RH, non-condensing. The VDP shall be powered by 24 volts DC. VDP power consumption shall not exceed 10 watts. The VDP shall include an RS-232 port for serial communications with a remote computer. This port shall be a 9-pin "D" subminiature connector on the front of the VDP. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video input connection suitable for RS170 video inputs. The video input shall include a switch-selectable 75-ohm or high impedance termination to allow camera video to be routed to other devices, as well as input to the VDP for vehicle detection. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video output providing real time video output that can be routed to other devices. 209-5.010(4) Video Detection Camera. The video camera shall be furnished by the VDP supplier and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera /tiilt^ shall produce useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting ^^ conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the N****^ camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range of night time to day time but not less than the range of 0.1 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output monochrome video with resolution of not less than 380 lines vertical and 380 lines horizontal. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with a factory adjusted manual iris. The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 8.1° to 45.9°. A single camera configuration shall be used for all approaches in order to minimize setup time and spares required by the user. The camera electronics shall include AGC to produce a satisfactory image at night. The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The camera enclosure shall be able to rotate to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sun shield. The sun shield shall include a provision for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure with sun shield shall be less than 170mm (6 in) in diameter, less than 380mm (15 in) long, and shall weigh less than 13.3kg (6 pounds) when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure. The camera enclosure shall include a thermostatically controlled heater to assure proper operation of the lens at low temperatures and to prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure. 3 Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 82 of 95 When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +60°C (-29°F to +140°F) and a humidity range of 0% RH to 100% RH. The camera shall be powered by 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall be 15 watts or less under all conditions. Recommended camera placement height shall be 10m (33 ft) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection, the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 100m (350 ft) for reliable detection (height:distance ration of 10:100). Camera placement and field of view shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with separate, weather-tight connections for power and video cables at the rear of the enclosure. These connections may also allow diagnostic testing and viewing of the video signal at the camera while the camera is installed, using a lens adjustment module supplied by the VDP supplier. Video and power shall not be connected within the same connector. The video signal output by the camera shall be black and white in RS170 or CCIR format. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling. 209-5.010(5) Installation Requirements. The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and the VDP in the controller cabinet shall be Belden 8281 or a 75 ohm, precision video cable with 20 gauge solid bare copper conductor (9.9 ohms/M), solid polyethylene insulating dielectric, 98% (min) tinned copper double-braided shield and black polyethylene outer covering. The signal attenuation shall not exceed 0.78 dB per 30m (100 ft) at 10 MHz. Nominal outside diameter shall be 8mm (0.304 in). The coaxial cable shall be a continuous, unbroken run from the camera to the VDP. This cable shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. 75 ohm BNC plug connectors shall be used at both the camera and controller. The coaxial cable, BNC connector and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system, and the manufacturer's instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection. The power cabling shall be 16 AWG three conductor cable. The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary. The video detection system shall be installed by supplier factory certified installers and as recommended by the supplier and documented in the installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided. 209-5.010(6) Warranty. The supplier shall provide a limited two year warrant on the video detection system. See supplier's standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale documentation. During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via telephone within four hours of the time a call is made by the user. This support shall be made available from factory certified personnel or factory certified installers. During the warranty period, updates to the VDP software shall be made available from the supplier without charge. 209-5.010(7) Maintenance and Support. The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection system. These parts shall be made available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for said parts. The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via "*""*' telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 83 of 95 at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for on site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory authorized representative. All product documentation shall be written in the English language. The contractor shall ensure the presence of a factory authorized representative at the time of traffic signal turn-on. 209-5.02 Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies. Where shown on the plans, pedestrian push button assemblies of substantial tamper-proof construction and signs shall be furnished and installed. The housing shall be either die-cast or permanent mold cast aluminum, or when specified shall be ultraviolet stabilized, self-extinguishing structural plastic. Plastic housings shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard No. 595B, and shall be colored throughout. The assembly shall be rainproof and shall be shockproof in any weather condition. The pedestrian push button switch shall be a phenolic enclosed precision snap-acting type, single-pole, double-throw, switching unit, with screw type terminals, rated 15 A at 125 volts AC, and shall have the following characteristics: 1. Switching unit shall have a stainless steel plunger actuator and shall be provided with U- frame to permit recessed mounting in push button housing. 2. Switch shall have an operating force of 2.5 N (9 oz.) to 3.6 N (13 oz.) and a minimum release force of one newton (4 oz.). 3. Pretravel shall be 0.4 mm (VeV1) maximum. 4. Over travel shall be 6 mm (7/32") minimum. 5. Differential travel shall be 0.01 mm (0.0004") to 0.05 mm (0.002"). 6. Actuator shall have a minimum diameter of 50 mm (2"). Where a pedestrian push button is attached to a pole, the housing shall be shaped to fit the curvature of the pole and secured to provide a rigid installation. Saddles shall be provided to make a neat fit when required. Where a pedestrian push button is to be mounted on top of a Size 65 (21/2") diameter post, the housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter fitting and screws for securing rigidly to the post. Pedestrian push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal or structural plastic. Push button and sign shall be installed on the crosswalk side of the pole. Arrows on push button signs shall point in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk. Where Type A push buttons are specified, each push button assembly shall be equipped with red and green indicator lamps. Lamps shall be so connected that, when the push button has been activated, the red lamp shall be energized and continue so until the next pedestrian walk interval, at which time the green lamp shall be energized in lieu of the red lamp. At the termination of the pedestrian walk interval, the lamps shall be de-energized until the next actuation of the push button. Lenses for the lamps shall have a visible diameter of approximately 32 mm (1V4") and a length of approximately 22 mm (7/8"). On the Type A or Type B push button assembly, the sign shall attach to and be securely supported by the framework. With Type C pedestrian push buttons, the instruction sign shall be mounted, using 2 straps and saddle brackets, on the same standard as the push button assembly. Straps and saddle brackets shall be as shown on the plans and shall be corrosion-resisting chromium nickel steel conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 167, Type 302. Bolts shall be stainless steel with a chromium content of at least 17 percent and a nickel content of at least 8 percent. Bolts shall NOT be theft-proof. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 84 of 95 SECTION 214 PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1 (A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-5.1 (A) TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Type TFPM Manufacturer of Distributor DAPCO Davidson Plastics Company, 18726 East Valley Highway, Kent, Washington 98032, Telephone (206) 251-8140. Add the following section: 14-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface- mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective Channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.2(A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-5.2(A) REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER Type Safe-Hit SH236MA Carsonite " Repo "The Super Duck" SDF-436 Replaceable Post" Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit Corporation 1 930 West Winton Avenue, Building Hayward, CA 94545 Telephone (415) 783-6550 #11 Carsonite International Corporation 2900 Lockheed Way Carson City, NV 89701 Telephone (702) 883-5104 Western Highway Products P.O. Box 7 Stanton, CA 90680 Telephone (800) 422-4420 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 "Submittals". Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 85 of 95 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING Add the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing - so as to provide a clear travel way during the construction of the roadway resurfacing. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore. Public Convenience and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within 500' of the work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the contractor's responsibility. Letters shall be as shown in bold type as follows, with the appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the brackets and italicized. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 86 of 95 (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) (Contractor's License Number) (Date) As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be (insert type of resurfacing^, beginning in two or three weeks. This process requires that your street be closed for (X hours) starting at 7:00 a.m. and continuing until the Contractor removes the traffic control devices. You will be notified 72 hours in advance of the day your street will be closed by a brightly colored 3 Ya" x 8 Y2" card attached to your doorknob. You will also notice temporary no parking signs on your street with a specific no parking date written on it. A successful street maintenance program depends on your cooperation. Please do not drive, walk, play, skate or allow pets on the street until it is opened by the Contractor. Furthermore, please do not wash your car or turn on any sprinklers while you are waiting. If you don't plan to leave your home before 7:00 a.m. on the day your street will be surfaced, and you need to use your vehicle later in the day, please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that is not signed as a no parking zone. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly surfaced street or you may have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. The residue may damage some surfaces, may mark surfaces that you track it on, and may be very difficult to remove. (Name of Contractor) is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the City and you may call them at (24 hour per day attended telephone number in the 76O area code) for any questions you may have about the project. On the day your street is surfaced mail delivery may be delayed until the next day. You will not know the exact date your street will be closed until you receive the 3 Ya" x 8 Ya" card. If you have a moving company scheduled to come to your house within the next two weeks, please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which are not addressed by the Contractor, please call the City's Engineering Inspection Department at 602-2780. They will assist you in resolving the concerns. The City of Carlsbad has some of the finest streets in the county due to the concern and cooperation of citizens like you. Your cooperation is greatly appreciated." Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 87 of 95 During operations, the Contractor's schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix "A", with the day of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps-shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading, modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 88 of 95 reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. 302-5.6.1 General, modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications and plans. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment, add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter. Add the following section: 302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION Add the following section. 302-11.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301 -2, application of grade SS-1 h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein Add the following section. 302-11.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (V) below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 89 of 95 be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1') of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to O.IOgallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0') full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-11.3 Crack Sealing The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks designated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer's name, the product designation and the manufacturer's batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pavement. Add the following section: 302-11.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as designated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for resurfacing shall include post emergent herbicide treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of constructing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and removing and disposing 300mm (11) thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 90 of 95 SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL 312-1 PLACEMENT. Add the following to the third paragraph: 4) When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are to be placed. Add the following section: 312-1.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and remove reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be restored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 91 of 95 SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Add the following section: 313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS. Add the following section: 313-1.1 General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. 313-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 312 "Pavement Marker Placement and Removal", except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 312-1 "Placement", shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Add the following section: 313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3" x 12") in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000') at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in section 312-1, "Placement." Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification". Said certificate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manufactured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 92 of 95 Add the following section: 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: 313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS. Add the following section: 313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand- filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. 313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 "Paint Systems" and 310 "Painting". Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. Add the following section. 313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures"." Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures". Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3") diameter by 9 mm (3/8") thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/16") fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 "Ordinary Surface Finish." Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor's name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 93 of 95 Add the following section. 313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each rail unit placed within 3 m (10') of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of section 206-7.2, 'Temporary Traffic Signs". Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary railing shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition. Add the following section: 313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be "Energite III" manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, "Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules" manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. •*"*"" Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15') or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. Add the following section: 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for traffic control and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work -**«s involved in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, ^ Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 94 of 95 channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance/painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for installation and/or relocation of K-rails and crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC. Revised 01/20/09 Contract No. 55081 Page 95 of 95 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL The work covered under this contract will be performed in the project site located in the public road right-of-way of Jefferson Street and within the Buena Vista Lift Station property and easements and Caltrans right-of-way at the Jefferson West Overcrossing at Interstate 5 (Caltrans Bridge No. 57-271) in the City of Carlsbad, CA as shown on the contract documents. The Work requires the Contractor to add a second, parallel force main and rehabilitate portions of the existing force main or alternately, replace the portions of the existing force main with new pipeline. 1.02 PERMITS The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all needed project permits at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. This includes preparation and submittal of traffic control plans to the City of Carlsbad. The Contractor should coordinate with the City regarding the use of the City's existing NPDES permit for project dewatering, including discharge of any curing water used in the Cured-In-Place Pipe (CJPP) process (reference Specification Section 02315). The Contractor shall also be responsible for any water discharged to sanitary sewers as well as compliance with requirements imposed by the Encina Wastewater Authority for treatment of discharges to the sanitary sewer system. 1.03 CONTRACTS The project will be performed by an independent contract. The contract is: 1 . Buena Vista Lift Station Force Main (VC-4); Contract No. 5508 1 The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies, trades, and contractors that are involved in the execution of other contracts. 1.04 WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The work to be performed under this contract includes: 1. Construction of approximately 4100 linear feet of 24-inch diameter SDR 11 HDPE or 24- inch diameter fusible DR 18 C-905 PVC Force Main using open cut construction BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUMMARY OF WORK AUGUST 2010 01010-1 methods. The pipeline will be installed from the Buena Vista Lift Station to the junction with two parallel 16-inch asbestos concrete pipes (ACP) which are located within the bridge deck of the Jefferson Street Overcrossing (Caltrans Bridge No. 57- 0271) in the City of Carlsbad, CA. Approximately 2400 linear feet of existing 24- inch DIP will be rehabilitated using structural CIPP or removed and replaced with new 24- inch HDPE or fusible C-905 PVC pipe. In conjunction with the Work, existing segments offeree mains, both 24- Inch ductile iron and 16-Inch asbestos concrete pipe (ACP), will be either removed or abandoned in place, capped and sealed or filled. The Work also includes the installation of flow meter vaults (2), new flow meters (2), air/vacuum release valves (4) with required protection cans or cages as well as pipe supports at the Jefferson Street North Bridge crossing Buena Vista Creek, and a new surge relief tank together with required appurtenances for its complete functional operation. Other equipment shall include isolation and shutoff valves, aluminum access hatches (4 total, traffic rated), flanged coupling adaptors, plastic to ductile iron adaptors, miscellaneous pipe fittings, temporary bypass piping, electrical controls, instrumentation, wire and conduit, miscellaneous piping, and connections and fittings. The Work also includes construction of or installation of earthwork, yard piping, restoration of fencing and drainage swales, landscape restoration, trench and storm drains, installation and maintenance of temporary BMP's, permits, small diameter piping, protection of existing facilities at the Buena Vista Lift Station, traffic signal improvements, paving and restoration of pavements and markings, and removal and proper disposal of asbestos cement pipe and any other materials deemed hazardous by the State of California. 2. The Contractor shall either relocate in kind or demolish, remove, dispose, and replace all existing facilities which are damaged during construction. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all needed project permits. This includes preparation and submittal of traffic control plans to the City of Carlsbad. 4. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, testing, functional tests, start-up and commissioning services, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. 5. The above descriptions of work are overviews only and shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibilities to perform the coordination and work hi accordance with the plans and specifications. 6. Some phases or portions of phases may overlap each other and/or occur during the same time period. Phased operations necessary to guarantee the uninterupted operation of the Buena Vista Lift Station, temporary bypass pumping and/or disposal of sewage, testing of new or rehabilitated force main segments, abandonment of specified sections of existing force mains and transfer of flows to the new, parallel Force Main "B" shall be submitted for review and approval to the Engineer prior to any of these phases of the Work begun. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUMMARY OF WORK AUGUST 2010 01010-2 1. No work shall be allowed within the Buena Vista Lagoon or within Buena Vista Creek. 1.05 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS 1. The Contractor shall maintain access to private property at all times during construction. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate construction with all other nearby construction efforts. The Contractor shall obtain any necessary permits required for construction activities on and near the Jefferson Street bridge overcrossing with Caltrans. 3. The Contractor shall prepare all work areas in Jefferson Street and along pipeline alignments for the Carlsbad Marathon on January 23, 2011. The Contractor shall provide a full width of road and a safe running surface to Carlsbad Marathon participants and cooperate with event organizers prior to the Marathon date. The road surface on January 23, 2011 shall have no abrupt edges, traffic plates or non uniform surfaces or hazards to Marathon Participants. Contractor shall coordinate preparation of the Marathon route with the Marathon organizers (InMotion, Inc., 6116 Innovation Way, Carlsbad, CA 92009, tel. 760-692-2900) and the City of Carlsbad prior to the January 23, 2011 date to assure that the Contractor's activities will not conflict with Marathon preparation or the Marathon event. Contractor shall make the site available for inspection by the City of Carlsbad by 08:00 on January 21, 2011. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUMMARY OF WORK AUGUST 2010 01010-3 SECTION 01046 DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE OF WORK: This section includes materials and equipment to be salvaged and returned to the City of Carlsbad, or demolished and removed from the site as trash by the Contractor. Valves, meters, and fittings shall be salvaged and returned to the City of Carlsbad. Furnish all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required to demolish, modify, or alter, existing facilities as shown or specified and as required for the installation of new mechanical equipment, piping, architectural features and appurtenances. Existing piping and equipment shall be removed and dismantled as necessary for the performance of structural, architectural, and piping alterations in accordance with the requirements herein specified. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. EXISTING CONDITIONS: Contractor shall visit the site and inspect the nature and condition of all facilities to be demolished, partially demolished, modified, or altered in any way prior to submittal of his Bid. No increase in cost or extension of Contract time will be considered for failure to know the conditions of the site and structures. 2. SALVAGE: Any items specifically indicated to be re-used or designated to be salvaged for City of Carlsbad's own purposes shall be carefully removed, and be relocated to designated storage areas on the project site. Contractor shall protect salvaged equipment and materials from weather, staining, construction damage, theft, and vandalism. Arrange storage to facilitate inspection by Engineer. 3. DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL: All other materials removed under the demolition Work, including dismantled equipment and materials, piping, pumps, fittings, valves, machinery, gates, concrete equipment pads, miscellaneous and structural metals, masonry, and other construction debris shall become the property of the Contractor and be removed from the site as trash. Trash and debris shall be disposed of legally, off the site, by Contractor. Upon removal from site, Contractor shall have the rights of salvage of materials. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE AUGUST 2010 01046-1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ^ ^ A. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: The Contractor shall diligently protect existing structures and property of the City of Carlsbad while proceeding with Work of this section and the entire Contract. All damage shall be repaired at once to the satisfaction of the City of Carlsbad. All such repairs shall be at the expense of the Contractor and no claims for additional payment will be accepted. PART 2 -- MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.01 REPAIR AND RESTORATION A. GENERAL: The Contractor shall alter or rework existing structures as shown and specified. Generally, when items of equipment and piping are removed, the areas and surfaces from which items were removed shall be left with a neat appearance and finish compatible with surrounding areas, colors, and surfaces. The Contractor shall do all painting, sanding, grouting, sacking, resurfacing, and other Work as necessary to comply with the above requirements. Prior to structural modifications, all surfaces shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. Colors shall match existing colors as closely as possible. For replacement, repair of restoration of Work """"S removed, comply with the specifications for the type of Work to be done. ^*^ B. PIPING MODIFICATIONS: : Where necessary or required for the purpose of making piping connections, cut existing pipelines and provide suitable plugs, bulkheads, or other means to hold back the flow of water or other liquids, all as required in the performance of the Work under this Contract. The remaining open ends of all piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances that are removed shall be plugged with standard pipe plugs or closed with flanges so that there will be no leakage through the closure. Pipelines designated to be abandoned shall be end capped or removed as shown on the contract drawings. Pipelines to be abandoned in place shall be done so without entering the Buena Vista Lagoon Ecological Reserve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. CONTROL OF HAZARD AND NUISANCE CONDITIONS: All demolition, salvage, and renovation Work shall be conducted in a manner which will x**^ protect the environment, promote public health and safety, and preclude nuisance conditions. ^ BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE AUGUST 2010 01046-2 B. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES: Structures that are in the way of new construction shall be removed completely, regardless if they are above or below existing or proposed ground or grade. This Work may be done in any manner selected by the Contractor, and reviewed by the Engineer, that, does not endanger adjacent structures and property. The use of explosives will not be permitted for any purposes. Structural steel members shall be cut into sections of such weight and size as will permit convenient handling, hauling, and storage. Concrete to be demolished and removed shall be broken into pieces not greater than 24-inches in any dimension by methods reviewed by the Engineer. C. GRADING AND BACKFILL: All excavation made in connection with this item and all openings below permanent ground caused by the removal of a structure shall be backfilled with suitable material and graded to match the proposed grading plan. That portion of the backfill which will support any portion of a roadbed, driveway, or structure shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Specification Sections 02200 - Earthwork, 02202 - Flowable Fill, 02223 - Trenching, Excavation, and Backfilling and Compaction, and 02505 - Paving and Roadway Restoration. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE 01046-3 SECTION 01071 STANDARD REFERENCES Wherever used in the project manual, the following abbreviations will have the meanings listed: AA Aluminum Association Incorporated P.O. Box 753 Waldorf, MD 20604 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1518 K Street N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association 1540 East Dundee Road, Suite 310 Palatine, IL 60067 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 249 Washington, DC 20001 ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association 1200 19th Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20036 ACI American Concrete Institute 22400 West Seven Mile Road P.O. Box 19150, Redford Station Detroit, MI 48219 AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 600 North 18th Street P.O. Box 2641 Birmingham, AL 35291 AGA American Gas Association ATTN: Records 1515 Wilson Boulevard Arlington, VA 22209 AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association, Inc. 1500 King Street, Suite 201 Alexandria, VA 22314 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-1 AHA American Hardboard Association 1210 West Northwest Highway Palatine, IL 60067 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction One East Wacker Drive, Suite 3100 Chicago, IL 60601 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1101 Seventeenth Street, NW, Suite 1300 Washington, DC 20036 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 7012 South Revere Parkway, Suite 140 Englewood,CO 80112 ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee P.O. Box 210 Germantown, MD 20875 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 APA American Plywood Association 7011 South 19th Street Tacoma, WA 98466 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 "L" Street N.W. Washington, DC 20005 ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 4301 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 425 Arlington, VA 22203 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers United Engineering Center 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-2 ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange United States of America Standards Institute 10 East 40th Street New York, NY 10016 ASE Code American Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiter and Escalators American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. 1791 Tullie Circle, NE Atlanta, GA 30329 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association 9549 Old Fredrick Road Ellicott City, MD 21042 or P.O. Box 286 Woodstock, MD 21163-0286 AWS American Welding Society 550 NW LeJeune Road P.O. Box 351040 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators, International, Inc. 4051 West Flossmoor Road Country Club Hills, IL 60478 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-3 CALTEST Materials Manual, State of California, Business and Transportation Agency Department of Public Works State of California, Department of Transportation 6002 Folsom Boulevard Sacramento, CA 95819 CALTRANS Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Transportation State of California, Business and Transportation Agency P.O. Box 1499 Sacramento, CA 95807 CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers 2120 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc. (Formerly called: Overhead Electrical Crane Institute [OECI]) 8720 Red Oak Boulevard, Suite 201 Charlotte, NC 28217 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 N Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, DL 60173 CSA Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario, M9WIR3, Canada DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturer's Association 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, OH 44145 DHI Door and Hardware Institute 14170 Newbrook Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 DIS Division of Industrial Safety California Department of Industrial Relations 2422 Arden Way Sacramento, CA 95825 EEI Edison Electric Institute 90 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-4 EIA Electronic Industries Association Order from: Global Engineering Documents 18201 McDurmott West Irvine, CA 92714 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 25 North Broadway Tarrytown, NY 10591 ESO Electrical Safety Orders California Administrative Code, Title 8, Chap. 4, Subarticle 5 Office of Procurement, Publications Section P.O. Box 20191 8141 Elder Creek Road Sacramento, CA 95820 FEDSPEC Federal Specifications General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information Distribution Branch Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197 Washington, DC 20407 FEDSTDS Federal Standards (seeFEDSPECS) FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 HEI Heat Exchange Institute 1300 Sumner Avenue Cleveland, OH 44115 HI Hydraulic Institute 9 Sylvan Way, Suite 180 Parsippany, NJ 07054 HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association 1825 Michael Faraday Drive P.O. Box 2789 Reston,VA 22090-2789 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-5 lAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 20001 Walnut Drive S Walnut, CA 91789 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association P.O. Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 08855 IBS Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 120 Wall Street New York, NY 10017 ISA Instrument Society of America 67 Alexander Drive P.O. Box 12277 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 JIC Joint Industrial Council 7901 West Park Drive McLean, VA 22101 MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association 401 N. Michigan Avenue Chicago, IL 60611 MILSPEC Military Specifications Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve & Fittings Industry, Inc. 127 Park Street, N.E. Vienna, VA 22180 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 11 South La Salle Street, Suite 1400 Chicago, IL 60603 BUENA VISTA LEFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-6 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers 1440 South Creek Drive Houston, TX 77084 NBC National Building Code Published by BOCA NEC National Electric Code National Fire Protection Association One Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269 NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association, Inc. P.O. Box 87A Cumberland Center, ME 04021 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L Street, NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NESC National Electric Safety Code American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 NFOR National Forest Products Association (Formerly National Lumber Manufacturer's Association) 111119 Street NW, Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036 NFPA National Fire Protection Association One Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association 6830 Raleigh LaGrange P.O. Box 34518 Memphis, TN 38184-0518 NSF National Sanitation Foundation 3475 Plymouth Road P.O. Box 130140 Ann Arbor, MI 48113 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-7 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration San Francisco Regional Office 450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 36017 San Francisco, CA 94102 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute 175 West Jackson Blvd., Suite 1859 Chicago, IL 60604 PPIC The Plumbing & Piping Industry Council, Inc. 510 Shatto Place, Suite 402 Los Angeles, CA 90020 RIS Redwood Inspection Service California Redwood Association 405 Enfrente Dr., Suite 200 Novato, CA 94949 RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association 1400 K Street NW, Suite 900 Washington, DC 20005 S AE Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc. 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15096 SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association One Thomas Circle Washington, DC 20005 SBC Standard Building Code Published by SBCCI SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International Inc. 900 Montclair Road Birmingham, AL 35213 SCMA Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association 400 Perm Center Boulevard, Suite 530 Pittsburg,PA 15235 SDI Steel Door Institute 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, OH 44145 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-8 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. P.O. Box 221230 Chantilly, VA 22021 SPI Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. 1275 K Street NW, Suite 400 Washington, DC 20005 SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau 4709 Scenic Highway Pensacola,FL 32504 SSPC Society for Protective Coatings 40 24th Street, 6th Floor Pittsburgh, PA 15222 SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Building News, Inc. 3055 Overland Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90034 TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association 25 North Broadway Tarrytown,NY 10591 TPI Truss Plate Institute 583 D'Onofrio Drive, Suite 200 Madison, WI 53719 UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICBO UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code Published by ICBO UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-9 USER Bureau of Reclamation U.S. Department of Interior Engineering and Research Center Denver Federal Center, Building 67 Denver, CO 80225 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau 6980 SW Yarns St. P.O. Box 23145 . Portland, OR 97223 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (Formerly called: West Coast Lumbermen's Association (WCLA)) Yeon Building 522 SW 5th Avenue Portland, OR 97204 ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) STANDARD REFERENCES AUGUST 2010 01071-10 SECTION 01300 ^ SUBMITTALS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL Submittals covered by these requirements and in the City of Carlsbad General Provisions, Section 2-5.3 shall include manufacturers' information, shop drawings, test procedures, test results, samples, requests for substitutions, and miscellaneous work-related submittals. Submittals shall also include all requirements of this section and the City of Carlsbad General Provisions, Section 2-5.3, but not be limited to, all mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment and systems, materials, reinforcing steel, fabricated items, and piping and conduit details. The Contractor shall furnish all drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, tests, methods, schedules, and manufacturer's installation and other instructions as specifically required in the contract documents to demonstrate fully that the materials and equipment to be furnished and the methods of work comply with the provisions and intent of the contract documents. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. The Contractor shall verify that all features of all products conform to the specified requirements. Submittal documents shall be clearly edited to indicate only those items, models, or series of equipment, which are being submitted for review. All extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where his submittal may affect the work of another contractor or the City of Carlsbad. The Contractor shall coordinate submittals among his subcontractors and suppliers including those submittals complying with unit responsibility requirements specified in paragraph 11000-1.11 and applicable technical sections. The Contractor shall coordinate submittals with the work so that work will not be delayed. He shall coordinate and schedule different categories of submittals, so that one will not be delayed for lack of coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly schedule submittals. The Contractor shall not proceed with work related to a submittal until the submittal process is complete. This requires that submittals for review and comment shall be returned to the Contractor stamped "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted." The Contractor shall certify on each submittal document that he has reviewed the submittal, verified field conditions, and complied with the contract documents. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUBMITTALS AUGUST 2010 01300-1 The Contractor may authorize in writing a material or equipment supplier to deal directly with the Engineer or with the City of Carlsbad with regard to a submittal. These dealings shall be limited to contract interpretations to clarify and expedite the work. 1.03 CATEGORIES OF SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL: Submittals fall into two general categories: submittals for review and comment, and submittals which are primarily for information only. Submittals which are for information only are generally specified as PRODUCT DATA in Part 2 of applicable specification sections. At the beginning of work, the Engineer will furnish the Contractor lists of those submittals specified hi the project manual. Two separate lists will be provided: submittals for review and comment and product data (submittals) for information only. B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT: All submittals except where specified to be submitted as product data for information only shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for review and comment. C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY: Where specified, the Contractor shall furnish submittals (product data) to the Engineer for Information only. Submittal requirements for operation and maintenance manuals, which are included in this category, are specified in Section 01730. 1.04 TRANSMIT! AL PROCEDURE A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompanied by Submittal Transmittal Form 01300-A specified hi Section 01999. Submittals must also conform to Section 2-5.3 of the General Provisions. Submittals for operation and maintenance manuals, information and data shall be accompanied by Operation and Maintenance Transmittal Form 01730-A specified in Section 01999. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUBMITTALS AUGUST 2010 01300-2 A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying ^ j| each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX"; ^"^ where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX-Y"; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B, or C being the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25-B, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal 25. B. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT: If the Contractor proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of work which deviates from the project manual, he shall indicate so under "deviations" on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal copies. C. SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS: Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted, including deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review. 1.05 REVIEW PROCEDURE A. GENERAL: ^ ••-*«•»<*' Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment, and methods of operation which can be selected based on the Contractor's judgment of their conformance to the specified requirements. Other features and characteristics are specified in a manner which enables the Contractor to determine acceptable options without submittals. The review procedure is based on the Contractor's guarantee that all features and characteristics not requiring submittals conform as specified. Review shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or to verifying quantities, dimensions, weights or gages, or fabrication processes (except where specifically indicated or required by the project manual) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Review of a separate item, as such, will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. When the contract documents require a submittal, the Contractor shall submit the specified information as follows: 1. Six copies of all submitted information plus one reproducible original of all information shall be transmitted with submittals for review and comment. 2. Unless otherwise specified, six copies of all submitted information shall be transmitted with submittals (Product Data) for information only. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUBMITTALS AUGUST 2010 01300-3 B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT: Unless otherwise specified, within 20 working days after receipt of a submittal for review and comment, the Engineer shall review the submittal and, if no revisions are required, return three copies to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. The returned submittal shall indicate one of the following actions: 1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment or work method complies with the project manual, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event, the Contractor may begin to implement the work method or incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. 2. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." The Contractor may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in O&M data, a corrected copy shall be provided. 3. If the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBMIT." Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method does not comply with the project manual, copies of the submittal will be marked "REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY: Such information is not subject to submittal review procedures and shall be provided as part of the work under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUBMITTALS AUGUST 2010 01300-4 1.06 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS Review of contract drawings, methods of work, or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Engineer or the City of Carlsbad, or by any officer or employee thereof, and the Contractor shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the City of Carlsbad has no objection to the Contractor, upon his own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. **END OF SECTION** o BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SUBMITTALS AUGUST 2010 01300-5 SECTION 01380 PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEO RECORDINGS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 PRECONSTRUCTION RECORD A. PHOTOGRAPHS: The Contractor shall provide preconstruction photographs prior to commencement of work on the site. Before construction may start, digital images shall be delivered to the Engineer. Preconstruction images shall be taken at locations to be designated by the Engineer. B. VIDEO RECORDINGS In addition to photographs, the Contractor shall provide a preconstruction video recording of the location and route of the work prior to commencement of the work on the site. The video shall be 60-90 minutes in length, and shall clearly and completely describe existing conditions throughout the project location and adjacent areas within the Contractor's proposed area of operations. The video shall be labeled as to the date, name of work, and the location where the recording was taken. The preconstruction video shall be made jointly under the direction of the Contractor and the Engineer. The recording technician shall be equipped to video both interior and exterior exposures. Video recordings shall be in the DVD format with an accompanying vocal description of the site facilities. Video recordings shall be of professional quality and shall be prepared by an experienced recording technician. The recordings shall be viewed and accepted by the Engineer before any construction work begins. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS The Contractor shall provide construction photographs showing the progress of the work. Photography shall commence on the date construction begins and continue as long as the work is in progress. Digital images (minimum 6 megapixels) shall be delivered to the Engineer within 7 days following each set of exposures. 1.03 POSTCONSTRUCTION RECORD A. PHOTOGRAPHS: Upon acceptance of the work by the City of Carlsbad, the Contractor shall prepare photographs of the work where directed by the Engineer. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEO RECORDINGS AUGUST 2010 01380-1 B. VIDEO RECORDINGS: The Contractor shall prepare a video recording of the project site upon final acceptance showing the same areas, and meeting the same standards as the preconstruction video recording. 1.04 PHOTOGRAPH AND VIDEO RECORDING SCHEDULE A. QUALITY AND IDENTIFICATION: All photographs shall be minimum 6 megapixels, and shall be annotated and include a time and date stamp. All prints shall be labeled with a unique number, a brief descriptive title, date, and job title. An index shall be provided to the Engineer with each set of photographs, listing the unique photograph numbers and the titles of all photographs included in the set. B. REQUIRED NUMBER OF PHOTOGRAPHS: For the work of this contract, the minimum number of videotapes and digital images shall be provided as listed: Area DVD Color Imaes Preconstruction Recording of the entire site which will be disrupted during construction Construction Recording of pertinent parts of the construction 50 minimum 5- 10 every day Acceptance Recording of all areas captured by the preconstruction video and of the finished work 50 minimum **END OF SECTION** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEO RECORDINGS 01380-2 SECTION 01660 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section contains requirements for the Contractor's performance in documenting testing work required under this contract. In addition, this section contains requirements for the Contractor's performance during installed performance testing of all mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, and systems. This section supplements but does not supersede specific testing requirements found elsewhere in this project manual. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGER: The Contractor shall appoint an operations engineer or equally qualified operations specialist as Quality Assurance Manager to manage, coordinate, and supervise the Contractor's quality assurance program. The Quality Assurance Manager shall have at least 5 years of total experience, or experience on at least five separate projects, in managing the startup commissioning of mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, instrumentation and piping systems. Operations engineers shall be graduates from a minimum 4-year course in mechanical or civil engineering. Operations specialists shall have equivalent experience in plant operation and maintenance. The quality assurance program shall include: 1. A testing plan setting forth the sequence in which all testing work required under this project manual will be implemented. 2. A documentation program to record the results of all equipment and system tests. 3. An installed performance testing program for all mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, and instrumentation equipment and systems installed under this contract. 4. A calibration program for all instruments, flowmeters, monitors, gages, and thermometers installed under this contract. 5. A calibration program for all instruments, gages, meters, and thermometers used for determining the performance of equipment and systems installed under this contract. 6. A testing schedule conforming to the requirements specified in paragraph 01660-2.02 C. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-1 For the purposes of this section, a system shall include all items of equipment, devices and appurtenances connected in such a fashion as their operation or function complements, protects or controls the operation or function of the others. The Quality Assurance Manager shall coordinate the activities of all subcontractors and suppliers to implement the requirements of this section. B. CALIBRATION: All test equipment (gages, meters, thermometers, analysis instruments, and other equipment) used for calibrating or verifying the performance of equipment installed under this contract shall be calibrated to within plus or minus 2 percent of actual value at full scale. Test equipment employed for individual test runs shall be selected so that expected values as indicated by the detailed performance specifications will fall between 60 and 85 percent of full scale. Pressure gages shall be calibrated in accordance with ANSI/AS ME B40.1. Thermometers shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM E77 and shall be furnished with a certified calibration curve. Liquid flow meters, including all open channel flow meters and all flow meters installed in pipelines with diameters greater than 2 inches shall be calibrated in situ using either the total count or dye dilution methods. Flow meter calibration work shall be performed by individuals skilled in the techniques to be employed. Calibration tests for flow metering systems shall be performed over a range of not less than 10 percent to at least 75 percent of system full scale. At least five confirmed valid data points shall be obtained within this range. Confirmed data points shall be validated by not less than three test runs with results which agree within plus or minus 2 percent. C. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-2 Reference ANSI/ASMEB40.1 ASTME77 ASHRAE41.8 Dye Dilution Calibration Method Title Gauges Pressure Indicating Dial Type — Elastic Element Method for Verification and Calibration of Liquid-in- Glass Thermometers Standard Methods of Measurement of Flow of Gas Flow Measurements in Sanitary Sewers By Dye Dilution, Turner Designs Mountain View, California, Flow Measurement in Sewer Lines by the Dye Dilution Method, Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 55. Number 5. Mav. 1983. pg.531 Flow Measurement in Open Channels and Closed Conduits, Vol 1, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, pg. 361 Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Survey. Chapter 16. Measurement of Discharge Using Tracers 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittal material, to be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, shall consist of the following: 1. A complete description of the Contractor's plan for documenting the results from the test program in conformance with the requirements of paragraph 01660-2.02 A, including: a. Proposed plan for documenting the calibration of all test instruments. b. Proposed plan for calibration of all instrument systems, including flow meters and all temperature, pressure, weight, and analysis systems. c. Sample forms for documenting the results of field pressure and performance tests. 2. The credentials and certification of the testing laboratory proposed by the Contractor for calibration of all test equipment. 3. Preoperational check-out procedures reviewed and approved by the respective equipment manufacturers. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING 01660-3 4. Detailed testing plans, setting forth step-by-step descriptions of the procedures proposed by the Contractor for the systematic testing of all equipment and systems installed under this contract. 5. A schedule and subsequent updates, presenting the Contractor's plan for testing the equipment and systems installed under this contract. 6. A schedule establishing the expected time period (calendar dates) when the Contractor plans to commence operational testing of the completed systems, along with a description of the temporary systems and installations planned to allow operational testing to take place. 7. A summary of the Quality Assurance Manager's qualifications, showing conformance to paragraph 01660-1.02 A requirements. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall prepare test plans and documentation plans as specified in the following paragraphs. The Engineer will not witness any test work for the purpose of acceptance until all test documentation and calibration plans and the specified system or equipment test plans have been submitted and accepted. 2.02 DOCUMENTATION A. DOCUMENTATION PLANS: The Contractor shall develop a records keeping system to document compliance with the requirements of this Section. Calibration documentation shall include identification (by make, manufacturer, model, and serial number) of all test equipment, date of original calibration, subsequent calibrations, calibration method, and test laboratory. Equipment and system documentation shall include date of test, equipment number or system name, nature of test, test objectives, test results, test instruments employed for the test and signature spaces for the Engineer's witness and the Contractor's quality assurance manager. A separate file shall be established for each system and item of equipment. These files shall include the following information as a minimum: 1. Metallurgical tests 2. Factory performance tests 3. Accelerometer recordings made during shipment EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-4 4. Field calibration tests' 5. Field pressure tests' 6. Field performance tests' 7. Field operational tests' Section 01999 contains samples showing the format and level of detail required for the documentation forms. The Contractor is advised that these are samples only and are neither specific to this project nor to any item of equipment or system to be installed under this contract. The Contractor shall develop test documentation forms specific to each item of equipment and system installed under this contract. Acceptable documentation forms for all systems and items of equipment shall be produced for review by the Engineer as a condition precedent to the Contractor's receipt of progress payments in excess of 50 percent of the contract amount. Once the Engineer has reviewed and taken no exception to the forms proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall produce sufficient forms, at his expense, to provide documentation of all testing work to be conducted as a part of this contract. B. TEST PLANS: The Contractor shall develop test plans detailing the coordinated, sequential testing of each item of equipment and system installed under this contract. Each test plan shall be specific to the item of equipment or system to be tested. Test plans shall identify by specific equipment or tag number each device or control station to be manipulated or observed during the test procedure and the specific results to be observed or obtained. Test plans shall also be specific as to support systems required to complete the test work, temporary systems required during the test work, subcontractors' and manufacturers' representatives to be present and expected test duration. As a minimum, the test plans shall include the following features: 1. Step-by-step proving procedure for all control and electrical circuits by imposing low voltage currents and using appropriate indicators to affirm that the circuit is properly identified and connected to the proper device. 2. Calibration of all analysis instruments and control sensors. 3. Performance testing of each individual item of mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, and instrumentation equipment. Performance tests shall be selected to duplicate the operating conditions described in the project manual. 4. System tests designed to duplicate, as closely as possible, operating conditions described in the project manual. Test plans shall contain a complete description of the procedures to be employed to achieve the desired test environment. 'Each of these tests is required even though not specifically noted in detailed specification section. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-5 As a condition precedent to receiving progress payments in excess of 75 percent of the contract amount, or in any event, progress payments due to the Contractor eight weeks in advance of the date the Contractor wishes to begin any testing work (whichever occurs earliest in the project schedule), the Contractor shall have submitted all test plans required for the systematic field performance and operational tests for all equipment and systems installed under this contract. Once the Engineer has reviewed and taken no exception to the Contractor's test plans, the Contractor shall reproduce the plans in sufficient number for the Contractor's purposes and an additional ten copies for delivery to the Engineer. No test work shall begin until the Contractor has delivered the specified number of final test plans to the Engineer. C. TESTING SCHEDULE: The Contractor shall produce a testing schedule setting forth the sequence contemplated for performing the test work. The schedule shall be in bar chart form, plotted against calendar time, shall detail the equipment and systems to be tested, and shall be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule specified in Section 6 of the General Provisions. The schedule shall show the contemplated start date, duration of the test and completion of each test. The test schedule shall be submitted no later than 4 weeks in advance of the date testing is to begin. The Engineer will not witness any testing work for the purpose of acceptance until the Contractor has submitted a schedule to which the Engineer takes no exception. The test schedule shall be updated weekly, showing actual dates of test work, indicating systems and equipment testing completed satisfactorily and meeting the requirements of this project manual. ***** 2.03 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE TESTS Each item of mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, and instrumentation equipment installed under this contract shall be tested to demonstrate compliance with the performance requirements of this project manual. Each electrical, instrumentation, mechanical, hydraulic or piping system installed or modified under this contract shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this project manual. 2.04 OPERATIONAL TESTS Once all equipment and systems have been tested individually the Contractor shall fill all systems with water. In this instance a system can be defined as an operational force main, either Force Main "A" or Force Main "B" or Force Main "C". After filling operations have been completed, the Contractor shall operate all systems for a continuous period of not less than 5 days, simulating actual operating conditions to the greatest extent possible. The Contractor shall install temporary connections, bulkheads and make other provisions to recirculate flow, pressure test or otherwise simulate anticipated operating conditions. During the operational testing period, the Contractor's Quality Assurance Manager and testing team shall monitor the characteristics of each machine and system and report any unusual conditions to the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-6 2.05 PRODUCT DATA Product data, to be provided in accordance with Section 01300, shall be the original and three copies of all records produced during the testing program. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL The Contractor's quality control manager shall organize teams made up of qualified representatives of equipment suppliers, subcontractors, the Contractor's independent testing laboratory, and others, as appropriate, to efficiently and expeditiously calibrate and test the equipment and systems installed and constructed under this contract. The objective of the testing program shall be to demonstrate, to the Engineer's complete satisfaction, that the structures, systems, and equipment constructed and installed under this contract meet all performance requirements and the facility is ready for the commissioning process to commence. In addition, the testing program shall produce baseline operating conditions for the City of Carlsbad to use in a preventive maintenance program. 3.02 CALIBRATION OF FIXED INSTRUMENTS Calibration of analysis instruments, sensors, gages, and meters installed under this contract shall proceed on a system-by-system basis. No equipment or system performance acceptance tests shall be performed until instruments, gages, and meters to be installed in that particular system have been calibrated and the calibration work has been witnessed by the Engineer. All analysis instruments, sensors, gages, and meters used for performance testing shall be subject to recalibration to confirm accuracy after completion, but prior to acceptance of each performance test. All analysis instruments, sensors, gages, and meters installed under this contract shall be subject to recalibration as a condition precedent to commissioning each force main. 3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. GENERAL: Performance tests shall consist of the following: 1. Pressure and/or leakage tests. 2. Electrical testing as specified in Division 16. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-7 3. Wiring and piping, individual component, loop, loop commissioning and tuning testing as described in Division 17. 4. Preoperational checkout for all mechanical and hydraulic equipment. Preoperational check-out procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the respective equipment manufacturers. 5. Initial operation tests of all mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, and instrumentation equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with the performance requirements of this project manual. In general, performance tests for any individual system shall be performed in the order listed above. The order may be altered only on the specific written authorization of the Engineer after receipt of a written request, complete with justification of the need for the change in sequence. B. PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS: Pressure and leakage tests shall be conducted in accordance with applicable portions of Divisions 2 and 15. All acceptance tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. Evidence of successful completion of the pressure and leakage tests shall be the Engineer's signature on the test forms prepared by the Contractor. C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT: Prior to energization (in the case of electrical systems and equipment), all circuits shall be rung out and tested for continuity and shielding in accordance with the procedures required in Division 16. D. COMPONENT CALIBRATION AND LOOP TESTING: Prior to energization (in the case of instrumentation system and equipment), all loops and associated instruments shall be calibrated and tested in accordance with the procedures required in Division 17. E. ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE: Electrical resistance testing shall be in accordance with Division 16. F. PREOPERATIONAL TESTS: Preoperational tests shall include the following: 1. Alignment of equipment using reverse-dial indicator method. 2. Preoperation lubrication. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-8 3. Tests per the manufacturers' recommendations for prestart preparation and preoperational check-out procedures. G. FUNCTIONAL TESTS: 1. GENERAL: Once all affected equipment has been subjected to the required preoperational check-out procedures and the Engineer has witnessed and has not found deficiencies in that portion of the work, individual items of equipment and systems may be started and operated under simulated operating conditions to determine as nearly as possible whether the equipment and systems meet the requirements of these specifications. Potable or reclaimed water shall be employed as the test medium. The equipment shall be operated a sufficient period of time to determine operating character- istics, including noise, temperatures and vibration; to observe performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of operating controls. When testing requires the availability of auxiliary systems such as looped piping, electrical power, compressed air, hydraulic power actuation, control air, or instrumentation which have not yet been placed in service, the Contractor shall provide acceptable substitute sources, capable of meeting the requirements of the machine, device, or system at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. Disposal methods for test media shall be subject to review by the Engineer. During the functional test period, the Contractor shall obtain baseline operating data on all equipment with motors greater than 1 horsepower to include amperage, bearing temperatures, and vibration. The baseline data shall be collected for the City of Carlsbad to enter in a preventive maintenance system. Test results shall be within the tolerances set forth in the detailed specification sections of this project manual. If no tolerances have been specified, test results shall conform to tolerances established by recognized industry practice. Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactory functional test, any doubt, dispute, or difference should arise between the Engineer and the Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or equipment used in the performance of such test, then the Engineer may order the test to be repeated. If the repeat test, using such modified methods or equipment as the Engineer may require, confirms the previous test, then all costs in connection with the repeat test will be paid by the City of Carlsbad. Otherwise, the costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Where the results of any functional test fail to comply with the contract requirements for such test, then such repeat tests as may be necessary to achieve the contract requirements shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall provide, at no expense to the City of Carlsbad, all power, fuel, compressed air supplies, water, and chemicals, all labor, temporary piping, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning for any areas where permanent facilities are not complete and operable at the time of functional tests, and all other items and work required to complete the functional tests. Temporary facilities shall be maintained until permanent systems are in service. 2. RETESTING: If under test, any portion of the work should fail to fulfill the contract requirements and is adjusted, altered, renewed, or replaced, tests on that portion when so EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-9 adjusted, altered, removed, or replaced, together with all other portions of the work as are affected thereby, shall, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions. The Contractor shall pay to the City of Carlsbad all reasonable expenses incurred by the City of Carlsbad, including the costs of the Engineer, as a result of repeating such tests. 3. POSTTEST INSPECTION: Once functional testing has been completed, all equipment or machines shall be rechecked for proper alignment and realigned, as required. All equipment shall be checked for loose connections, unusual movement, or other indica- tions of improper operating characteristics. Any deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All machines or devices which exhibit unusual or unacceptable operating characteristics shall be disassembled and inspected. Any defects found during the course of the inspection shall be repaired or the specific part or entire equipment item shall be replaced to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the City of Carlsbad. 3.04 OPERATIONAL TESTS The Contractor shall provide system operation testing. After completion of all performance testing and certification by the Engineer shall verify that all equipment complies with the requirements of the specifications. Upon completion of the filling operations, the Contractor shall pressure test each force main using potable or reclaimed water for a period of not less than 48 hours, during which all parts of the system shall be operated as a complete facility at various loading conditions, as directed by the Engineer. Should the operational testing period be halted for any reason related to the equipment furnished under this contract, or the Contractor's temporary testing systems, the operational testing program shall be repeated until the specified continuous period has been accomplished without interruption. All process units shall be brought to full operating conditions, including temperature, pressure, and flow. As-built documents of facilities involved specified in Section 2 of the General Provisions shall be accepted and ready for turnover to the City of Carlsbad at the time of operational testing. ** END OF SECTION ** EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01660-10 SECTION 01680 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The physical inspection and testing requirements in this Section are in addition to those requirements defined in Division 2 through 17 of the Technical Specifications. These activities shall be performed prior to substantial completion. Provide the following checkout and testing activities: 1. Shop Testing of equipment as specified in Divisions 2 through 17 and as specified herein. 2. Physical checkout and inspection of equipment and materials to verify conformance of the installed equipment and materials to the Contract Document. 3. Field Testing of equipment as specified in Divisions 2 through 17 and as specified herein. 4. System Loop Checks as specified in Divisions 2 through 17 and as specified herein. 5. Functional Testing of equipment as specified in Divisions 2 through 17 and as specified herein. Provide a Checkout Plan covering the entire checkout and testing process in conformance with the Contract Documents, and as specified herein. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: Shop Testing is defined as testing that is done by the Supplier either at the place of manufacture, the place of assembly, or at another location where the required testing apparatus is located, for the purpose of proving that the products meet the requirements of the pertinent technical specification(s). The administrative procedures for shop testing are specified in subsection 1.05 of this Section, while the technical requirements are included in the pertinent technical specification(s). The minimum acceptable test criteria are specified in subsection 1.05 of this Section. Physical Checkout is defined as the process of physically inspecting products after they have been installed to determine if the products have been properly and completely installed, comply BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING 01680-1 with the approved shop drawings, and are ready for Field and/or Functional Testing. The requirements for Physical Checkout (if applicable) are contained in the pertinent technical specifications and in subsection 1.08 of this Section. Field Testing is defined as testing that is performed by the Contractor, and/or Subcontractors, with Supplier assistance, on products after they have been installed, and after the performance of physical checkout, for the purpose of proving that the tested products meet the requirements of the pertinent technical specifications. Field testing is required regardless of whether or not shop testing was performed on the same piece of equipment or material. The administrative requirements for field testing are specified in subsection 1.09 of this Section, while the technical requirements are contained in the pertinent technical specification(s). The minimum acceptable test criteria are specified in subsection 1.04 of this Section. Functional Testing is defined as testing performed by the Contractor on a "system" normally comprised of two or more pieces of equipment, after the equipment has been installed, and after Physical Checkout and Field Testing have been completed, for the purpose of proving that the system meets requirements as specified and as indicated. The administrative requirements for Functional Testing are specified in subsection 1.11 of this Section, while the technical requirements are specified in the technical specifications. The Supplier's Representative or Manufacturer's Representative is defined as a person, or persons provided by the Supplier or Manufacturer, who is qualified by having the training and experience, to provide technical and/or process related advice, and/or assistance, relating to the installation or utilization of the products provided by that same Supplier. The Supplier's Representative or Manufacturer's Representative shall be a Professional Engineer registered in the State of California in the discipline most appropriate for the product provided or approved by the City of Carlsbad. The Testing, Checkout, and Start-Up Coordinator is defined as the person provided by the Contractor to coordinate and oversee the total spectrum of testing and inspection activities required by the Contract Documents. The Testing and Checkout and Start-Up Coordinator shall be a Professional Engineer registered in the State of California in the discipline most appropriate for the equipment to be tested and checked out or approved by the City of Carlsbad. 1.03 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES: The Contractor shall provide all outside services, materials, labor, supplies, test equipment and other items necessary to perform the testing specified herein and interim connections. In addition the Contractor shall arrange for and provide the participation or assistance of survey crews, engineers, quality control technicians, Suppliers' and/or Manufacturers' representative(s), and required utility, regulator, or governmental agency representatives. PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-2 The Contractor shall provide the services of the Supplier's and/or Manufacturers' representative(s) as follows: 1. Shop Testing as specified in the specifications in Divisions 2 through 17, and as specified herein. 2. Assistance during installation as specified in the specifications in Divisions 2 through 17. 3. Field Testing as specified in the specifications in Divisions 2 through 17, and as specified herein. 4. Functional Testing as specified in the specifications in Divisions 2 through 17, and as specified herein. The Supplier's and/or Manufacturer's representatives' activities required by this Section are in addition to the requirements for vendor training and other services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Timing for the performance of these services shall be defined in the Checkout Plan, specified herein. The Engineer and/or City of Carlsbad may review and comment on the Contractor's deliverables, participate in the physical inspection activities, witness the shop and field testing, witness loop checks, witness functional testing, and provide verification of conformance to the specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating these procedures into the CPM schedule. No additional time or compensation will be approved relating to delays associated with these requirements. 1.04 MINIMUM SHOP AND FIELD TESTING REQUIREMENTS In addition to procedures referenced for shop and field testing contained in a technical specification, the following shall be required. Should these requirements conflict with the Supplier's recommendations in any way, the more stringent requirements will prevail. A. MEASUREMENT OF NOISE (DB): 1. Eliminate noise sources generated by adjacent construction activity prior to testing. 2. Establish a background noise level prior to testing. 3. Perform noise level testing whenever a maximum noise level is indicated. A noise test will also be required for any equipment likely to exceed OSHA standards for one hour exposure without hearing protection. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING 01680-3 B. HYDROSTATIC TESTING: 1. AWWA C6OO standards latest edition are the minimum acceptable standards for all hydrostatic testing. 2. Hydrostatic testing shall not be made against the closed valves or piping of the existing Buena Vista Lift Station. All yard piping and force mains shall be hydrostatically tested independantly prior to connecting to the existing piping of the Buena Vista Lift Station. The Contractor shall submit a phased plan for the hydrostatic testing of all pipeline segments for review by the Engineer prior to placing any new pipe or rehabilitation of existing pipe. 3. Visually inspect all welds prior to testing, for cracks, undercut on surface greater than 1/32" deep, lack of fusion on surface, reinforcement greater than specified in Table 127.4.2 located in ANSI B31.1 Power Piping, and incomplete penetration (when accessible). Repair or rework as directed by the Engineer. 4. At no time during hydrostatic testing shall any part of the piping system be subjected to a stress greater than 90% of its yield strength at test temperature. 5. After at least 10 minutes of full hydrostatic test pressures, make an examination for leakage of all joints, connections, and all regions of high stress, such as around openings and thickness transition sections. 6. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum required hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1.5 times the design pressure as specified and as indicated. 7. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum pressure holding time shall be 10 minutes plus the time required to inspect for leakage. 8. Maximum pressure shall not exceed the maximum rated pressure for any component in the system being tested. C. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: 1. The testing standards for electrical components are those contained in the pertinent technical specification(s) and in Appendix A of this Section. 2. Functional and field testing shall follow the Physical Checkout and are contained in the pertinent technical specification(s), and systems to be functionally tested are listed in Appendix A of this Section. 3 BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING 01680-4 1.05 SHOP TESTING When required by the Technical Specifications, perform shop testing prior to delivery of the equipment or material. Unless otherwise noted, provide 45 days written notice indicating the time and place of testing. The Contractor shall submit the following for approval thirty days prior to this notice: 1. Description of the equipment and the applicable specification sections. 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST: Specifically outlining how tests will conform to the requirements in the Technical Specifications. 3. TESTING DEVICES THAT WILL BE USED IN THE TESTS: Description must state what portion of the tests that the devices will perform or measure, and device accuracy. Submit sample measurement results and catalog cuts. 4. PERSONNEL USED TO PERFORM THE TESTS: Resumes, qualifications, and experience shall be submitted. Personnel performing tests shall be Professional Engineers registered in the discipline most appropriate for the testing that will be performed. 5. SCHEDULE FOR TESTING: Schedule shall include frequency of measurements, personnel present, and contingency plans for equipment and/or test failure. 6. TEST FORMS: Submit all forms used to record and report on Shop Test data, for approval, prior to the test. No testing shall be conducted until these forms are approved. Forms shall provide the following information: description of test, equipment used, personnel present, equipment specification numbers, and measurements made. Forms shall have a place for signature by the person responsible for conducting the test, and an officer of the company verifying that the tests performed are true, accurate, have met the required criteria, and that the equipment will operate as indicated and as specified. Shop test procedures will be reviewed and returned by the Engineer within 30 days of receipt. Incorporate minor comments related to the procedures, equipment, or personnel prior to testing. Major comments by the Engineer will require a resubmission of the shop test procedure and proposed test date. The Contractor will be notified, in writing by the Engineer, if a formal resubmission is required with the transmittal of the review comments. Submit 6 (six) copies of the following within seven days after completion of the tests for approval: 1. Completed test forms, for each device tested, on forms as approved prior to the test. 2. Completed certification, the content of which was approved prior to the tests. PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-5 3. A written summary of test; a report of the results and a summary of the entire procedure. 4. A schedule for retesting, if necessary. The Contractor shall perform any retesting required to fulfill the intent of the Technical Specification test requirements at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. Additional travel required by the Engineer and the City of Carlsbad personnel and their representatives to witness retesting shall be paid by the Contractor. Reimbursement for travel expenses required for retesting will be applied as a debit against the Contractor's subsequent Application for Payment. Allowable travel cost will be in accordance with the travel expenses reimbursements permitted by City regulations. 1.06 WITNESSING OF TESTS Unless otherwise noted, provide a minimum of 45 days written notice to the Engineer so that the Engineer, the City of Carlsbad, or its representatives may have the opportunity to witness the Shop tests, Field tests, Loop checks, and Functional tests. The Engineer and the City of Carlsbad may witness the performance of any or all tests, at their option. The Engineer's or City of Carlsbad's witnessing of tests does not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.07 CHECKOUT PLAN The Contractor shall submit a Checkout Plan based upon the requirements defined herein, and the Technical Specifications to the Engineer. Six (6) copies and 1 (one) copy on electronic media of the preliminary Checkout Plan shall be submitted for review within 100 days of the Notice to Proceed or 90 days prior to the proposed date of the first test, whichever occurs first. The plan shall define: 1. The equipment and applicable specification section(s) for the equipment 2. The logical and systematic performance of physical inspections, shop tests, field tests, loop checks, and functional tests including: a. A chronological schedule of all testing, checking, and inspection activities. b. A checklist of all inspection, checking, and testing activities broken down by location, discipline, system, and device or item. c. All blank forms proposed by the Contractor for verification or recording for all testing. d. An index which cross references the forms to their intended application(s). PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LEFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-6 e. A list of all shop tests, and supplier certifications, including those required by the applicable technical specifications. Provisions shall also be included for re- testing, in the event it is required. 3. Participants in the testing. 4. Special test equipment. 5. Sources of the test media (water, power, air.) 6. The proposed method of delivery of the media to the equipment to be tested. 7. Temporary or interim connections for the sequencing of multiple units. 8. Ultimate proper disposal of the test media. The plan will be reviewed by the Engineer, modified or revised within 90 days as necessary by the Contractor, then approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall continue to update the Checkout Plan, working in conjunction with the Engineer prior to the start of the scheduled equipment checkout and functional testing activities. Each specific element of the plan must receive written approval by the Engineer at least two weeks prior to the actual commencement of testing. The Contractor shall designate, in the Checkout Plan, a coordinator for Testing, Checkout, and Start-Up to coordinate and manage the activities defined in the checkout plan, as approved by the Engineer. 1.08 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT AND INSPECTIONS Physical Checkout and inspections provide verification of conformance to the requirements of the Technical Specifications and Contract Drawings for physical presence; dimensions; and location, for proper materials, parts, and items; and for integrity of materials, equipment and systems to determine their condition and readiness for field and/or functional testing. Inspection includes the following elements, as applicable 1. Exterior areas for backfill, grading, surfacing, drainage, landscaping, roadways, fencing, gates, and signage. 2. Building structural integrity, sealing around piping penetrations, masonry, architectural, mechanical systems, electrical/lighting, communications, and HVAC systems. 3. Concrete structures for structural integrity, finish, tolerance, durability, appearance, embedded and inserted items, painting and surface applications. PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-7 4. Steel structures for member alignment, connection bolts torque, connection welds integrity, painting, fire proofing and surface applications. 5. Mechanical and hydraulic systems and items for installation, alignment and securing, adjustments of packing and seals, lubrication, drive connection and alignment, motor rotation, belt/chain tension, painting or surface applications, and tagging for identification. 6. Piping systems for material, size, components, direction, alignment of joints and bolting/welding, valves, packing and seals, screens, cleanouts, filters and strainers, painting, identification labeling and color coding, hangers, anchors, supports, and expansion provisions. 7. Electrical and control/instrumentation systems for conduit and tray installation, wire/cable material and size, circuit identification, terminal installation and identification, major switches, circuit breakers and components, and labeling for system identification. Inspection will verify that tanks, pipes, conduits, vessels, equipment, systems, buildings, areas and other items provided under the Contract are clean and free from debris or materials which may interfere with subsequent testing requirements or routine operations. Correct unsatisfactory conditions prior to testing or acceptance. Upon completion of the inspection, submit to the Engineer six copies of each completed inspection form, signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor who participated in the inspection. The Engineer will review and approve the contents of the forms. Should a reinspection be required, it shall be performed at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. 1.09 FIELD TESTING OF EQUIPMENT A. CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL: The Contractor shall provide the services of an experienced and authorized Suppliers or Manufacturers representative for each item of equipment indicated in the equipment schedules who shall visit the site of the Work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. In each case, the Contractor shall arrange to have the Suppliers or Manufacturers representative revisit the job site as often as necessary until any and all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the visit of the Suppliers or Manufacturers representative at least 48 hours in advance of arrival at the work site. B. CONTRACTOR'S REPORT: The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer a written report prepared by the Suppliers or PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-8 Manufacturers representative, addressed to the City of Carlsbad, certifying that the equipment has been properly installed and lubricated, is in accurate alignment, is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, and has been operated satisfactorily under full- load conditions. The Suppliers or Manufacturers representative shall also provide written authorization that the equipment can be operated. This report shall be submitted within 7 days of the Suppliers or Manufacturers representative visit to the site. C. SCHEDULING TESTS: The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling all field testing. The Contractor is advised that the Engineer and the City of Carlsbad's operating personnel will witness field testing and that the Suppliers or Manufacturers representative shall be required to instruct the City of Carlsbad's operating personnel in the correct operation and maintenance procedures. Such instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the City of Carlsbad at least 2 weeks in advance, and shall be provided while the equipment is fully operational. On-site instruction shall be given by qualified persons who have been made familiar in advance with the equipment and systems at the lift station. Any associated delays to the completion of the contract resulting from delayed testing due to incomplete or unapproved City of Carlsbad's manuals will be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. TEST SUPPORT: The Contractor shall furnish all personnel, power, water, chemicals, fuel, oil, grease, and all other necessary equipment, facilities, temporary and interim connections, and services required for conducting the tests and shall properly dispose of all material, media, and lubricants upon completion of the test. E. NOTICE REQUIREMENT: Field testing shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, shop testing. Field testing will be performed as a part of the overall physical and functional testing process defined herein and in accordance with the approved Checkout Plan. However, as a minimum the following specific instructions shall also apply. The Contractor shall provide 60 (sixty) calendar days written notice indicating the date and time for testing each piece of equipment, or a series of equipment pieces. 1. All equipment installed by the Contractor shall undergo an operational check by the Contractor to verify that the equipment is functioning (electrically, hydraulically, mechanically and structurally) as it has been designed. 2. Valves shall be operated through its full range of motion and each instrument shall be checked against its full span. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING 01680-9 3. At a minimum, this check shall include turning the equipment on and running it through one full cycle. This cycle shall include all operating possibilities. Signals or interlocks from other pieces of equipment may be simulated upon prior approval of the Engineer. F. REVIEW OF PROCEDURES: Field test procedures will be reviewed and returned by the Engineer within 30 (thirty) days of receipt. Incorporate minor comments to the procedures, equipment, or personnel prior to testing. Major comments by the Engineer will require a resubmission of the field test procedure and proposed test date. The Contractor will be notified, in writing, by the Engineer if a formal resubmission is required with the transmittal of the review comments. G. ADDITIONAL NOTICE REQUIREMENTS: Provide 7 (seven) days written notice to the Engineer prior to the actual start of any testing. This will include a statement by the Contractor that the equipment and facilities to be tested have been thoroughly inspected and cleaned of construction debris or other extraneous materials and all lubrication, materials, and preparations are completed. H. TEST REPORT REQUIREMENTS: At conclusion of the test the Contractor will deliver draft test report data, and then submit, within seven ( for approval: X*****, within seven (7) days after completion of the tests, 6 (six) copies of the following to the Engineer 1. Completed test forms, for each device tested, on forms provided by the Contractor prior to the tests. 2. Completed certification documentation, the content of which was approved prior to the tests. 3. A written summary of the test; a report of the results and a summary of the entire procedure. 4. A schedule for retesting, if necessary. Perform any retesting required to fulfill the intent of the technical specification test requirements at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. 1.10 FUNCTIONAL TESTING As listed in Appendix A of this section, specific functional tests shall be performed by the Contractor who supplied the equipment being tested in addition to the requirement for shop, field, and other tests called for in the Technical Specifications. If more than one Contractor PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-10 supplied the equipment being tested, each Contractor will provide a representative for the functional test team, and the team leader will be the representative from the Contractor with the major piece of equipment being tested. If no clear distinction exists under these criteria, then the Contractor with the largest dollar value of equipment incorporated into the system being tested shall be the team leader. Functional tests will be performed with fluid or gaseous substances that are generally non-septic, non-corrosive, non-toxic, and non-inflammable. The Contractor shall provide 45 days written notice indicating the date and time during which the specified functional test is proposed. Submit with this notice a contract specific functional test plan which follows the generic functional test plan included in the contract, and which includes the following to the Engineer for approval: 1. Description of the system's equipment, piping, valves, instruments and other components, and the applicable specification sections. 2. Test procedures to be provided by Engineer. 3. TESTING DEVICES THAT WILL BE USED IN THE TESTS: Description must state what portion of the tests that the devices will perform or measure, and device accuracy. Submit sample measurement results and catalog cuts. 4. PERSONNEL USED TO PERFORM THE TESTS: The Contractor shall submit resumes and qualifications of persons to be assigned to perform the tests. As a minimum, personnel must have one year experience with the operation of the equipment and/or system to be tested and have participated in at least one similar test during this period of experience. 5. SCHEDULE FOR TESTING: Schedule shall include frequency of measurements, personnel present, and contingency plans for equipment and/or system test failure. 6. TEST FORMS: Provide test forms for recording and reporting on the test data. 7. Material and equipment required for the test. 8. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: Utility requirements will be identified and supplied by the Contractor for functional testing purposes. Provide labor for the reuse of the test water. 9. OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Include valve positions, set-ups, and gate positions that are required to run the tests in the written request so that the CM can anticipate and plan for the testing. Provide all temporary piping, connections or other temporary requirements related to performance of the functional tests. 10. The Contractor shall develop a Function Test Schedule which allows no less than 120 days to complete the Functional Test Program. PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-11 The Contractor shall be obligated for installation and cost associated with all temporary materials and systems required to facilitate functional testing. The Engineer, and the City of Carlsbad will direct specific actions when conflicts surface and will witness the performance of these tests. Approval of the functional test package by the Engineer will be made within two weeks of the test date. Incorporate minor comments on the procedures, equipment, and personnel prior to testing. Major comments by the Engineer will require a resubmission of the functional test package and test date. Provide seven days written notice to the Engineer prior to the actual start of any testing. This will include a statement by the Contractor that the equipment and facilities to be tested have been thoroughly inspected and cleaned of construction debris or other extraneous materials and all lubrication, materials, and preparations are completed. Submit within 7 (seven) days after completion of the tests, 6 (six) copies of the following to the Engineer for approval: 1. Completed test forms, for each device, or system tested, on forms approved prior to the test. 2. Completed certification, the content of which was approved prior to the tests. 3. A written summary of the test; a report of the results and a summary of the entire procedure. 4. A schedule for retesting, if necessary, including changes to procedures, testing devices, or personnel. Any retesting required to fulfill the intent of the test requirements due to negligence, poor workmanship, or products that fail to meet the Contract requirements, shall be at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. 3 1.11 CORRECTIONS TO THE WORK Correct any items of work failing to meet the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. Correct the nonconforming items by re-work, modification, or replacement, at the option of the Engineer. This includes the provision of all required labor, materials, and requirements for retesting as specified herein, to verify that the items conform with, Contract Documents. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING 01680-12 1.12 SAFETY Conduct all specified test procedures in compliance with all applicable safety standards and regulations. 1.13 SUPPORT FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING If the operation of the Contractor's equipment is necessary to support the testing of other Contractor's equipment, the City of Carlsbad may direct the Contractor, in writing, to provide operations support. A change order will be prepared for the cost of the following items: Prepare and submit an Operations Plan to the Engineer to provide for the operation and maintenance of their equipment to support the testing of other Contractor's equipment. The plan will define all operations and maintenance requirements for a period up to and including six months. The Engineer will review and approve the Operations Plan. Details of the Operations Plan shall include the following: 1. Standard Operating Procedures for starting, stopping, and routine operation. 2. Procedures and schedules for the lubrication, calibration, and other items required for proper maintenance of equipment. 3. Utilities to be supplied by the Contractor for operations support purposes. In the event an Operations Support Plan is approved and accepted by the Engineer, and the Contractor is directed in writing by the City of Carlsbad to proceed with implementation, the Engineer will prepare an operations punch list which defines the items and services which are not completed and their value. Retainage will then be reduced to the value of this incomplete Work. The one (1) year warranty period will not begin until final start-up and operation. PART 2--PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -- EXECUTION (Not Used) PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-13 APPENDIX A EQUIPMENT REQUIRING FUNCTIONAL TESTING Functional testing shall be conducted on the following systems: 1. Flowmeters 2. Surge Tanks and level sensing equipment 3. Sump Pump ** END OF SECTION ** PHYSICAL CHECKOUT, SHOP, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FIELD, AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUGUST 2010 01680-14 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Operation and maintenance (O&M) instructions shall be provided in accordance with this section and as required in the technical sections of this project manual. O&M information shall be provided for each maintainable piece of equipment, equipment assembly or subassembly, and material provided or modified under this contract. O&M instructions must be submitted and accepted before on-site training may start. 1.02 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED A. GENERAL: O&M information shall contain the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. In addition, one or more of the following items of information shall be provided as applicable. B. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: Specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be provided for the following phases of operations: 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: List personnel hazards for equipment and list safety precautions for all operating conditions. 2. OPERATOR PRESTART: Provide requirements to set up and prepare each system for use. 3. START-UP, SHUTDOWN, AND POSTSHUTDOWN PROCEDURES: Provide a control sequence for each of these operations. 4. NORMAL OPERATIONS: Provide control diagrams with data to explain operation and control of systems and specific equipment. 5. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS: Provide emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include emergency OPERATING AND BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) MAINTENANCE INFORMATION AUGUST 2010 01730-1 shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems including valve locations and portions of systems controlled. 6. OPERATOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS: Provide instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustments, and inspection. 7. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Provide a list of environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under which equipment should not be allowed to run. C. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE: The following information shall be provided, for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize corrective maintenance and repair: 1. LUBRICATION DATA: Provide lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph 2.0-B6. a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and applications; b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency. 2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PLAN AND SCHEDULE: Provide manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance, inspections, tests, and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive maintenance man-hours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of craft. D. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE: Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on procedures and instructions for correcting problems and making repairs. 1. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES AND DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES: Provide step- by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused or require replacement. OPERATING AND BUENA VISTA LEFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) MAINTENANCE INFORMATION AUGUST 20 10 01730-2 2. WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS: Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of wiring and control circuits including factory-field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of the actual job- specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number electrical and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type identically to actual installation numbering. 3. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES: Provide instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards. 4. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS: Provide step-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings, and adjustments required. Instructions shall include a combination of test and illustrations. 5. SPARE PARTS AND SUPPLY LISTS: Provide lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonably delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to obtain. 6. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE MANHOURS: Provide manufacturer's projection of corrective maintenance man-hours including craft requirements by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately. E. APPENDICES: The following information shall be provided; include information not specified in the preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment. 1. PARTS IDENTIFICATION: Provide identification and coverage for all. parts of each component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to use high- strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and description, both the illustrations and separate listing shall show the index, reference, or key number which will cross- reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and subassemblies. 2. WARRANTY INFORMATION: List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force. OPERATING AND BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) MAINTENANCE INFORMATION AUGUST 2010 01730-3 3. PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly. 4. TESTING EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOL INFORMATION: Provide information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components. 1.03 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE Unless otherwise specified, O&M manuals, information, and data shall be transmitted in accordance with Section 01300 accompanied by Operation and Maintenance Transmittal Form 01730-A and Equipment Record Forms 01730-B and/or 01730-C, as appropriate, all as specified in Section 01999. The transmittal form shall be used as a checklist to ensure the manual is complete. Only complete sets of O&M instructions will be reviewed for acceptance. 5 copies of the specified O&M information shall be provided. For ease of identification, each manufacturer's brochure and manual shall be appropriately labeled with the equipment name and equipment number as it appears in the project manual. The information shall be organized in the binders in numerical order by the equipment numbers assigned in the project manual. The binders shall be provided with a table of contents and tab sheets to permit easy location of desired information. Binders shall be 3 inch. If manufacturers' standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated. 1.04 PAYMENT Acceptable O&M information for the project must be delivered to the Engineer prior to the project being 65 percent complete. Progress payments for work in excess of 65 percent completion will not be made until the specified acceptable O&M information has been delivered to the Engineer. 1.05 FIELD CHANGES Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to reflect any field changes or information requiring field data. ** END OF SECTION ** OPERATING AND BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) MAINTENANCE INFORMATION AUGUST 2010 01730-4 SECTION 01999 REFERENCE FORMS The forms listed below and included in this section are referenced from other sections of the project manual: Form No. 01300-A 01660-A 01730-A 01730-B 01730-C 11000-A 11000-B 11000-C 11002-A 11060-A 16000-A 17000-A 17000-H Title Submittal Transmittal Form City of Carlsbad Letter of Transmittal Equipment Test Report Form Operation and Maintenance Transmittal Form Equipment Record Form Equipment Record Form Manufacturer's Installation Certification Form Manufacturer's Instruction Certification Form Unit Responsibility Certification Form Rigid Equipment Mount Installation Inspection Checklist Motor Data Form Wire and Cable Resistance Test Data Form Loop Wiring and Insulation Resistance Test Data Form Transmitter Calibration Test Data Form BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 REFERENCE FORMS 01999-1 01300-A. SUBMnTALTRANSMTTTALFORM: SUBMIT! AL TRANSMITTAL Submittal Description:Submittal No:1 Spec Section: OWNER: PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: Routing Contractor/CM CM/Engineer Engineer/CM CM/Contractor Sent Received We are sending you D Attached D Under separate cover via. D Submittals for review and comment D Product data for information only Remarks: Item Copies Date Section No.Description Review action" Reviewer initials Review comments attached .-4 "•""fas* "Note: NET=No exceptions token; MCN = Mate corrections noted; A&R = Amend and resubmit; R = Rejected Attach additional sheets if necessary. Contractor Certify either A or B: D A. We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements, including coordination with all related work, specified (no exceptions). D B. We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified except for the attached deviations. No.Deviation Certified by: Contractor's Signature 1See paragraph 013004.0 A, Transmittal Procedure. CITY OF CARLSBAD 35 FARADAY AVENUE viARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92008-7314 (760) 438-2722 UTILITIES DEPARTMENT TO: LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL JOB NO. ATTENTION RE: WE ARE SENDING YOU l~1 Shop Drawings D Copy of letter Dated Attached Prints Change Order Under separate cover via Plans l~~l Samples the following items: Specifications COPIES DATE NO.DESCRIPTION THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval For your use As requested For review and comment For your action Shop Drawing Review I | No Exceptions Taken |~] Make Corrections Noted [~1 Amend and Resubmit [~1 Rejected Resubmit . copies for approval f~| Design only, not for construction I I Return corrected prints |~1 Return attached plan checks REMARKS SIGNED: If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Page 1 of 3 01660-A. EQUIPMENT TEST REPORT FORM: NOTE: This example equipment test report is provided for the benefit of the Contractor and is not specific to any piece of equipment to be installed as a part of this project. The example is furnished as a means of illustrating the level of detail required for the preparation of equipment test report forms for this project. o CITY OF CARLSBAD BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ABC Construction Company, Inc., General Contractor XYZ Engineering, Inc., Construction Manager Equipment Name: Equipment Number: Specification Ref: Location: EQUIPMENT TEST REPORT Ball Valve 2 BV25202 11866 West of Pump Room OContractor Verified | Date Construction Manager Verified Date PREOPERATIONAL CHECKLIST Mechanical Lubrication Alignment Anchor bolts Seal water system operational Equipment rotates freely Safety guards Valves operational Hopper purge systems operational Sedimentation tank/hopper clean O&M manual information complete Manufacturer's installation certificate complete Electrical (circuit ring-out and high-pot tests) Circuits: PowertoMCCS Control to HOA If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Page 2 of 3 Indicators at MCC: Red (running) Green (power) Amber (auto) Indicators at local control panel Wiring labels complete Nameplates: MCC Control station Control panel Equipment bumped for rotation Pioina Svstems Contractor Verified ' Date Construction Manager Verified Date Cleaned and flushed: Suction Discharge Pressure tests Temporary piping screens in place Instrumentation and Controls Flowmeter FE2502F calibration Calibration Report No. | Flow recorder FR2502G calibrated against transmitter VFD speed indicator calibrated against independent reference Discharge overpressure shutdown switch calibration Simulate discharge overpressure Shutdown FUNCTIONAL TESTS Mechanical Motor operation temperature satisfactory Pump operating temperature satisfactory Unusual noise, etc? Pump operation:75 gpm/50 psig Measurement: Flow Pressure: Alignment hot Dowelled in Test gage number: Remarks: If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Page 3 of 3 Electrical Local switch function: Runs in HAND No control power in OFF Timer control in AUTO Overpressure protection switch PS2502C functional in both HAND and AUTO Overpressure protection switch PS2502C set at 75 psig PLC 2500 set at 24-hour cycle, 25 min ON Contractor Verified Date Construction Manager Verified Date OPERATIONAL TEST 48-hour continuous test. Pump cycles as specified, indicators functional, controls functional, pump maintains capacity, overpressure protection remains functional, hour meter functional O RECOMMENDED FOR BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY Construction Manager.Date ACCEPTED FOR BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY Owner's Representative_Date If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 01730-A. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TRANSMITTAL FORM: Date: Submittal No:2 To: Contract No: Spec. Section: Submittal Description: From: Attention: Checklist 1. Table of contents 2. Equipment record forms 3. Manufacturer information 4. Vendor information 5. Safety precautions 6. Operator prestart 7. Start-up, shutdown, and post shutdown procedures 8. Normal operations 9. Emergency operations 1 0. Operator service requirements 1 1 . Environmental conditions 12. Lubrication data 1 3. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 1 4. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques 1 5. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams 1 6. Maintenance and repair procedures 1 7. Removal and replacement instructions 1 8. Spare parts and supply list 1 9. Corrective maintenance man-hours 20. Parts identification 21. Warranty information 22. Personnel training requirements 23. Testing equipment and special tool information Contractor Satisfactory N/A Construction manager Accept Deficient Remarks: Contractor's Signature 2See paragraph 013004.0 A, Transmittal Procedure. If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 01730-B. EQUIPMENT RECORD FORM: EQUIP DESCRIP EQUIP NO. MFGR SHOP DWG NO. EQUIP LOG DATE INST COST MFGR CONTACT MFGR ADDRESS VENDOR PHONE VENDOR CONTACT VENDOR ADDRESS PHONE o MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D W M Q S A Hours LUBRICANTS: RECOMMENDED: ALTERNATIVE: MISC. NOTES: RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS PART NO QUAN PART NAME COST ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA ^ _J EQUIP MAKE SERIAL NO. MODEL NO. HP PH CODE NEMA DES MISC. V RPM INSL CL CAMB ID NO. FRAME NO. AMP SF DES TEMP RISE HZ DUTY TYPE RATING MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA EQUIP MAKE SERIAL NO. MODEL NO. HP TDH PSI MISC RPM MPSZ <\SSY NO. ID NO. FRAME NO. CAP BELT NO. CASE NO. SIZE CFM >•*s If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 01730-C. EQUIPMENT RECORD FORM: EQUIP DESCRIP EQUIP NO. MFGR SHOP DWG NO. EQUIP LOG DATE INST COST MFGR CONTACT MFGR ADDRESS VENDOR PHONE VENDOR CONTACT VENDOR ADDRESS PHONE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D W M Q S A Hours If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 11000-A. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION FORM: Contract No: Specification section: Equipment name: Contractor: Manufacturer of equipment item: The undersigned manufacturer of the equipment item described above hereby certifies that he has checked the installation of the equipment and that the equipment, as specified in the project manual, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and that the trial operation of the equipment item has been satisfactory. Comments: Date Manufacturer Signature of Authorized Representative Date Contractor Signature of Authorized Representative If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 11000-B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION FORM: Contract No:Specification section: Equipment name: Contractor: Manufacturer of equipment item: The undersigned manufacturer certifies that a service engineer has instructed the wastewater treatment plant operating personnel in the proper maintenance and operation of the equipment designated herein. Operations Check List (check appropriate spaces) Start-up procedure reviewed Shutdown procedure reviewed Normal operation procedure reviewed Others: Maintenance Check List (check appropriate spaces) Described normal oil changes (frequency) Described special tools required Described normal items to be reviewed for wear Described preventive maintenance instructions Described greasing frequency Others: Date Manufacturer Signature of Authorized Representative Date Signature of Owner's Representative Date Signature of Contractor's Representative If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 11000-C. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY CERTIFICATION FORM (Project Title) CERTIFICATE OF UNIT RESPONSIBILITY for Specification Section _ (Section title) In accordance with paragraph 11000-1.02 C of the contract documents, the undersigned manufacturer of driven equipment ("manufacturer") accepts unit responsibility for all components of equipment furnished to the Project under specification Section _ ,and for related equipment manufactured under Sections ___ , _ , and _ . We have reviewed the requirements for Sections 11000 (and 11050 where applicable) and all sections referencing this (these) section(s), including but not limited to drivers, supports for driving and driven equipment and all other specified appurtenances to be furnished to the Project by manufacturer. And, we have further reviewed, and modified as necessary, the requirements for associated variable speed drives and motor control centers. We hereby certify that all specified components are compatible and comprise a functional unit suitable for the specified performance and design requirements whether or not the equipment was furnished by us. We will make no claim nor establish any condition that problems in operation for the product provided under this specification Section _ are due to incompatibility of any components covered by this Certificate of Unit Responsibility. Nor will we condition or void any warranty for the performance of the product of this specification Section _ due to incompatibility of any components covered under this Certificate of Unit Responsibility. Our signature on this Certificate of Unit Responsibility does not obligate us to take responsibility for, nor to warrant the workmanship, quality, or performance of related equipment provided by others under specification Sections _ , _ , and _ . Our obligation to warranty all equipment provided by us shall remain unaffected. Notary Public Name of Corporation Commission expiration date Address Seal: By: _ Duly Authorized Official Legal Title of Official Date: If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 11002-A. RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNT INSTALLATION CHECKLIST (CLIENT, PROJECT NAME) Equipment Tag No.: Date: Grout Product Name and Type: Grouting System Manufacturer: Grouting Application Contractor: General Contractor: Step 1: Verify Equipment Anchor Installation Conformance to Equipment Pad Details Name: Date_ Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Millwright Step 2: Completion of Cleaning and Concrete Substrate Preparation Prior to Grouting Name: : Date /_ Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 3: Equipment Leveling. Name: Date / / Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Millwright If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Step 4: Installation of Protection of Adjacent Surfaces or Structures NOT TO BE GROUTED Name: _ : _ Date Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 5: Preparation and Construction of Forms and Epoxy Grout Filling Standpipes Name: Date / / Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 6: Completion of Ambient Condition Control in Structure or Building-Area and Acceptance of Ambient Conditions as They Apply to Application and Curing Requirements for the Grouting System Name: Date. Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Date / / Construction Manager If enclosures art not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Step 7: Epoxy Grout Installation Name: Date / / Contractor Rep. Name: Name: Construction Manager Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 8: Completion of Full and Proper Cure of Epoxy Grout Name: Date / / Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Date / / Construction Manager Step 9: Completion of Localized Repair of Grout Voids Name: Date /_ Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Date / _/_ Construction Manager If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. Step 10: Final Acceptance of Grouting System Installation Including Final Clean-Up of the Work Site Complying with All Specification Requirements and the GSM's Quality Requirements Name: Date / / Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Date / / Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: • Date / / Construction Manager If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 11060-A. MOTOR DATA FORM: Equipment Name_Equipment No(s). Project Site Location Nameplate Markings Mfr: Volts: FLA: Time rating: KVA Code Letter: Mfr Model: Phase: LRA: Frame: RPM: Frequency: (NEMAMG1 -10.35) Design Letter: Insulation Class: Horsepower: Service Factor: Amb Temp Rating:°C (NEMAMG-1.16) The following information is required for explosion-proof motors only: A. Approved by UL for installation in Class , Div , Group. B. UL frame temperature code (NEC Tables 500-8B) The following information is required for all motors 1/2 horsepower and larger: A. Guaranteed minimum efficiency B. Nameplate or nominal efficiency _ Data Not Necessarily Marked on Nameplate (Paragraph 11060-2.04 G) Type of Enclosure: Temp Rise: Enclosure Material: °C (NEMAMG1 -12.41 ,42) Space Heater included? D Yes D No If Yes: Type of motor winding over-temperature protection, if specified: Watts Volts Provide information on other motor features specified: If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 16000-A. WIRE AND CABLE RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM:o Wire or Cable No.:Temperature, °F. Location of Test 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 Insulation resistance, megohms CERTIFIED Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Owner's Representative Date Date If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 17000-A. LOOP WIRING AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM: Loop No.: List all wiring associated with a loop in table below. Make applicable measurements as indicated after disconnecting wiring. Wire No. A B C D etc. Panel Tie Field TB Continuity Resistance a Cond./ Cond. - (A/B) (A/C) (A/D) Cond./ Shield (A/SH) -- -- -- Insulation Resistance13 Shield/ Gnd. Shield/ Cond. Cond./ Gnd. Shield/ Shield NOTES: Continuity Test. Connect ohmmeter leads between wires A and B and jumper opposite ends together. Record resistance in table. Repeat procedure between A and C, A and D, etc. Any deviation of ±2 ohms between any reading and the average of a particular run indicates a poor conductor, and corrective action shall be taken before continuing with the loop test. Insulation Test. Connect one end of a 500 volt megger to the panel ground bus and the other sequentially to each completely disconnected wire and shield. Test the insulatbn resistance and record each reading. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Owner's Representative "*•»,,.»• If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. 17000-H. TRANSMITTER CALffiRATION TEST DATA FORM:o Tag No. and Description: Make & Model No.: Input: _ Output: Range: _ Serial No. Scale: Simulate process variable (flow, pressure, temperature, etc.) and measure output with appropriate meter. % of Range 0 50 100 Input Expected Reading Actual Reading % Deviation Allowed: % Deviation CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Owner's Representative If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at once. SECTION 02060 CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY FORCEMAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) inspection is required in conjuction with the requirements of the technical specification 02315 at the following phases of the work to: 1. Document the existing condition of the host pipe. 2. Verify pipe diameter, length, grade and bends. 3. Determine if spot repairs are required. 4. Insure that the pipeline is properly cleaned just after any required spot repairs and immediately prior to installing the liner. 5. Insure proper liner installation. 6. Verify size, location, and reinstatement of all connections and valves. B. Prior to each television inspection, all sewage flow shall be bypassed from the pipeline sections to be cleaned and inspected, and the pipeline shall be thoroughly cleaned as required by these specifications. C. This section is intended to provide the Contractor with general guidelines. It is the Contractor's responsibility to supply all labor, materials, equipment and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Plans, but which are incidental and necessary to complete the specified work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide the following submittals as specified in Section 01300: 1. Written documentation for arrangements of legal disposal of all liquids and materials removed from pipelines and structures during cleaning. 2. Weight tickets for hauling and disposing of hazardous material. CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SANITARY FORCEMAINS AUGUST 2010 02060-1 3. Submit description of cleaning equipment and methods. 4. Submit description at CCTV inspection procedure, equipment, sample CCTV inspection logs, and recordings (DVD). 5. The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer pre-installation and post-installation video recording and suitable log for each pipeline. All video inspection shall utilize DVD for documentation. Unedited video recordings and a suitable log of the inspection shall be provided to the Engineer five working days prior to lining (pre- installation) and within three working days after the liner installation (post installation). If post-installation inspection recordings are not submitted within three working days of the liner installation, the Engineer may, at their discretion, suspend any further installation of liner until the post-installation recordings are submitted. As a result of this suspension, no additional working days will be added to the contract, nor will any adjustment be made for increase in cost. 6. Pre-installation inspection log: Submitted with each pre-installation video recording. The log shall identify the pipeline by an identification number for each segment to be lined, stationing, street location, and plan sheet number. The log shall include: a. The cleaning and inspection dates. b. Location and alignment length. c. Location of all connections and equipment. d. Pipeline sags: length and depth e. Vertical and horizontal bends f. Documentation and detailed description of defects and any repairs necessary prior to lining including distance from nearest manhole and conformance to cleaning requirements. 7. Post-installation inspection log: Submitted with each post-installation video recording. The log shall identify the pipeline by an identification number for each segment to be lined, stationing, street location, and plan sheet number. The log shall include: a. The inspection dates. b. Location and alignment length. c. Location and description of all debris in the lined pipeline. CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SANITARY FORCEMAINS AUGUST 2010 02060-2 d. Defects in the liner, including, but not limited to, gouges, cracks, bumps, wrinkles, or bulges. e. Location and inspection of connection reinstatements, and installation of end seals. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 CCTV CAMERA A. Shall be 360 degree radial view, color image camera capable of rotating to look directly up tee and connections if necessary. B. Shall be intrinsically safe and shall be operative in 100 percent humid conditions. C. Lighting intensity shall be remotely controlled and shall be adjusted to minimize reflective glare. D. Lighting and camera quality shall provide a clear, in-focus picture of the entire inside periphery of the pipeline. 2.02 RECORDING A. High quality color DVD. B. Audio portions shall be sufficiently free from electrical interference and background noise to provide complete intelligibility of oral report. The Contractor shall give oral commentary on pipeline location, direction of inspection, and at all structural features including, but not limited to, defects, debris build-up, connections, and all features as directed by the Engineer. C. The footage counter shall be accurate to one foot per each pipeline segment for measurements of distance traveled by camera within the pipeline. D. The camera advancement through the pipeline shall be at a speed that allows a clear picture of the pipeline and allows for thorough investigation of all structural features of the pipeline. The speed shall be adjusted based on direction from the Engineer. CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SANITARY FORCEMAINS AUGUST 2010 02060-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING OF EXISTING HOST PIPE A. Prior to conducting closed circuit television inspection it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to bypass pipeline flows around the work and to thoroughly clean the host pipe. The word 'clean' in this specification is defined as the removal of all accumulations including sludge, dirt, sand, grease, and any other solid or semisolid material in the pipe down to the parent material with 100 percent debris removal. B. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to make as many cleaning passes as necessary to meet the above definition of "clean". Acceptance of the cleaning, as determined by the Engineer, shall be based upon the subsequent video inspection of the pipeline and the lining manufacturer's cleaning requirements. C. Procedures may include the use of mechanical equipment such as required in AWWA Manual M 28 - Manual on Cleaning and Lining Water Mains. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to not damage the host pipe during the cleaning process and if damages occur to the pipe that disallow the ability to rehabilitate the pipe without repairs, the Contractor shall provide those repairs at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. D. Water Usage: - The Contractor may use fire hydrants with temporary meters obtained from the City of Carlsbad to supply water for this cleaning. The Contractor will be required to comply with all fees and requirements for use of hydrant and costs for water usage. E. Cleaning Equipment: Cleaning of pipeline shall be performed with high-velocity jet equipment. When using a high-velocity jet machine, it shall not remain stationary while cleaning the pipeline. Selection of equipment shall be based on field condition such as access, quantity of debris, diameter of pipeline, and pipe lining activities. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the pipelines. During pipeline cleaning operations, precautions shall be taken by the Contractor in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid any damage to the pipe. F. Removal and Disposal of Material: 1. Sludge, dirt, sand, grease, and other solids or semi-solid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream access of the section being cleaned. Passing materials to downstream sections of the pipeline is not permitted. 2. Trucks hauling solids or semi-solids from the site shall be watertight so that no leakage or spillage will occur. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids be dumped onto the ground surface, streets, in the sewer system, catch basins, or within storm drains. CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SANITARY FORCEMAINS AUGUST 2010 02060-4 3. Material removed from the pipelines during the cleaning operation shall be deposited in a water-tight container and disposed legally by the Contractor at a landfill, or if of suitable quality, disposed of at the Encina Water Pollution Control Facility. All debris and containers shall be removed from the right-of-way at the end of each work day. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all disposal costs and for any required permits. If testing determines that the material is hazardous as specified by the California Department of Toxics and Substance Control, the material shall be legally hauled and disposed of at a hazardous waste landfill. 4. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the quantity of debris and solids to be removed during cleaning. 3.02 CCTV INSPECTION OF PRE AND POST- LINER INSTALLED PIPELINES A. Perform television inspection immediately after cleaning of the host and lined pipelines to document the condition of the host pipeline or liner, identify all connections, to provide quality assurance of the liner installation, and to verify the lines were cleaned. The Contractor shall inspect the lines by using a 360 degree radial view color image camera capable of rotating to look directly up connections. B. Video inspection shall be done on one pipeline installation section at a time. CCTV inspection shall be performed after sewage flow diversion and control pumping is started. Sewage flow control pumping shall be conducted in accordance with Section 02145. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims should the Contractor's operation cause any overflows. The Contractor shall also reimburse the City of Carlsbad the full cost of any and all fines the City of Carlsbad is required to pay as a result of an overflow. Should the camera get stuck in the pipeline, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs in extracting it. Costs related to difficulties encountered during internal video inspection are incidental to the contract, and claims will not be considered. C. All inspection shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, defects and connections by closed circuit television. The locations of all connections and obstructions which may prevent proper installation of the pipe liner into the pipelines shall be noted. **END OF SECTION** CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION OF BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SANITARY FORCEMAINS AUGUST 2010 02060-5 SECTION 02080 ^ ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section describes the requirements to perform removal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP). 1.02 REFERENCES A. WORKER PROTECTION 1. Contractor shall ensure that all workers who come in direct contact with asbestos cement pipe have received required training, medical monitoring, respiratory protection, and protective clothing as outlined in this section. The protective equipment shall consist of disposable head, body, and foot protection and, at a minimum, half-facepiece, air-purifying, dual cartridge respirators equipped with HEPA Filters. B. CODES AND REGULATIONS 1 . General Requirements a. All work under this Contract and any other trade work in conjunction with the disposal of asbestos cement pipe shall be done in strict accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, standards and codes governing handling, transportation, and disposal. b. The most recent editions of any relevant regulation, standard, document, or code shall be in effect. Where conflict among the requirements or with these specifications exists, the most stringent requirements shall be used. 2. Federal Requirements a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 1) 29 CFR, 1910 2) 29 CFR, 1910.134. General Industry Standard for Respiratory Protection 3) 29 CFR, 1926. Construction Industry 4) 29 CFR, 1920.2 Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records 5) 29 CFR, 1920.1200. Hazard Communication BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-1 6) 29 CFR, 1926.1101. Asbestos in Construction 7) 29 CFR, 1926.55. Gases, Fumes, Mists and Dusts b. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 1) 40CFR,61.152(b)(I)(iv) 2) 40 CFR, 268. Land Disposal Restrictions 3) 40 CFR, 172. Department of Transportation Regulations for Use of hazardous Materials Tables and for Communications 4) EPA 40 CFR. Part 116. Section 116.4 5) EPA 40 CFR 261 6) EPA 40 CFR 263 7) EPA 40 CFR 264 c. State of California Requirements 1) Hazardous Waste Management Regulations, Effective April 1, 1986; Amended February 1, 1990. California approves transportation of these materials by use of this regulation. 2) California State Department of Health, Division of Solid and Hazardous Waste Management; California Regulation 672-10-01. California Hazardous Waste Management Regulations. 3) 22 CCR, Division 4. Chapter 30. Minimum Standards for Management of Hazardous and Extremely Hazardous Wastes. 4) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal/OSHA) a) 8 CCR, 1529. Construction Industry Standard For Asbestos b) 8 CCR, 5144. Respiratory Protection PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. GENERAL 1. General Requirements: Contractor shall deliver all materials in their original packages, containers, or bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand name (where applicable). Materials shall be essentially the standard cataloged products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. 2. Material Storage: Materials shall be properly stored, adequately protected, and carefully handled to prevent damage before and during installation. Materials shall be handled, stored, and protected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the City of Carlsbad. Contractor shall store all BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-2 materials subject to damage off the ground, away from wet or damp surfaces, and under cover sufficient to prevent damage or contamination. 3. Damaged Materials: Contractor shall not use damaged, deteriorating, or previously used materials. Contractor shall remove these materials from the work site and dispose of them properly. Items which the City of Carlsbad or the Contractor deems damaged or defective shall be replaced at no cost to the City of Carlsbad or its representative. B. MATERIALS 1. Polyethylene Sheet a. Polyethylene Sheet: Contractor shall provide flame-resistant polyethylene film that conforms to requirements set forth by the National Fire Protection Association Standard 701. Small Scale Fire Test for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films. The largest size possible to minimize seams, 6 mil thick unless otherwise specified, and frosted or black as indicated, should be used in areas where there could be exiting difficulties in case of emergency or lack of equipment or a potential for fire. 2. Warning Signs: Contractor shall post warning signs as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101(k)(6). 3. Surfactants: Contractor shall apply a surfactant (wetting agent) to all ACP or asbestos containing materials (ACM) prior to removal to assist in reducing the release of asbestos fibers. The surfactant shall be used according to the manufacturer's specifications. 4. Tape and Glue: Contractor shall use tape and/or glue capable of sealing joints of adjacent sheets of plastic and attachment of plastic sheet to finished surfaces without damage to existing finish or unfinished surfaces of dissimilar materials. The tape and/or glue shall be capable of adhering under wet conditions, including use of amended water. a. Duct Tape: Contractor shall provide duct tape in 2" or 3" widths as indicated, with an adhesive which is formulated to stick aggressively to sheet polyethylene. b. Spray Adhesive: Contractor shall provide spray adhesive in aerosol cans which is specifically formulated to stick tenaciously to sheet polyethylene. C. EQUIPMENT 1. Contractor shall provide a sufficient supply of HEP A filtered vacuum systems during cleanup. o BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL 02080-3 2. Wetting Materials: For wetting prior to disturbance of asbestos-containing materials, Contractor shall use either amended water or a removal encapsulant. a. Amended Water: Contractor shall provide water to which a surfactant has been added. Contractor shall use a mixture of surfactant and water which results in wetting of the ACM and retardation of fiber release during disturbance of the material equal to or greater than that provided by the use of one ounce of a surfactant consisting of 50% polyoxyethylene ester and 50% polyoxyethylene ether mixed with five gallons of water. 2.02 AIR MONITORING AND TEST LABORATORY SERVICES A. FILTERS 1. 0.45 to 0.8 micron mixed cellulose ester membrane filters and backup pads will be used. B. CASSETTES 1. 25 millimeter cassettes with a conductive cowl will be used for airborne asbestos sampling. C. SAMPLING EQUIPMENT 1. The following types of sampling pumps will be used for asbestos abatement, if required: a. Constant flow pump with a range of 0.75 to 5.0 liters per minute (1pm), battery charger and equipment. b. High-volume pump with a range of 2 to 10 1pm c. Rotameter or other calibrator d. Tripod e. Extension cords 2.03 WORKER PROTECTION A. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 1. Coveralls: Contractor shall provide one-piece disposable clothing including head, foot and full body protection in sufficient quantities and adequate sizes for all BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-4 workers and authorized visitors. This clothing shall consist of material impenetrable by asbestos fibers. Disposable clothing may be worn over the workers work clothes. This disposable clothing may not be reworn. 2. Boots: Contractor shall provide, at no cost, work boots with non-skid soles, and where required by OSHA, foot protectors for all workers. Do not allow boots to be removed from the Work Area (also known as Regulated Area, see paragraph 3.04 below) for any reason after being contaminated with asbestos-containing material. Thoroughly clean, decontaminate, and bag boots before removing them from Work Area at the end of the work. 3. Hard hats: Contractor shall provide head protectors (hard hats) as required by OSHA for all workers. Require hard hats to be worn at all times that work is in progress that may potentially cause head injury. Provide hard hats of a type with plastic strap type suspension. Require hats to remain in the Work Area throughout the work. Thoroughly clean, decontaminate, and bag hats before removing them from Work Area at the end of the work. 4. Goggles: Contractor shall provide eye protection (goggles) as required by OSHA for all workers involved in scraping, spraying, or any other activity which may potentially cause eye injury. 5. Gloves: Contractor shall provide work gloves to all workers as required. Do not •***%, remove gloves from Work Area. Dispose of gloves as asbestos-contaminated waste ^^ as the end of the work. B. ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 1. Respirators, disposable coveralls, head covers, and footwear covers shall be provided by Contractor for the City of Carlsbad and Contractor, Project Administrator, and other authorized representatives who may monitor the job site. C. AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS AND CARTRIDGES 1. Air Purifying Respirators - Half Face mask: Contractor shall supply a sufficient quantity of half-face respirators. 2. Filter Cartridges: Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, HEPA type filters labeled with NIOSH and MSHA certification for radionuclides, radon daughters, dust, fumes, and mists, including asbestos-containing dusts and mists. Contractor shall supply a sufficient quantity of HEPA respirator filters approved for asbestos, so that workers can change filters at any time that flow through the face piece decreases to the level at which the manufacturer recommends filter replacement. HEPA elements in filter cartridges shall be protected from wetting during showering by using manufacturer's caps designed for this purpose. ^^ BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-5 PART 3 ~ EXECUTION 3.01 WORKER PROTECTION A. WORKER TRAINING 1. Personnel Requiring Training: Contractor shall provide training to all employees or City of Carlsbad agents who may be required to disturb or handle ACM materials or ACM waste materials for abatement, transportation, disposal, and auxiliary purposes. All supervisory personnel who may be involved in planning, execution, or inspection of abatement projects shall also receive the required training. Training will, at a minimum, meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 8 CCR 1529. 2. Minimum Asbestos Training Information: The training by Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, information on the following topics: a. The health hazards of asbestos, including the nature of various asbestos-related diseases, routes of exposure, known dose-response relationships, the synergistic relationship between asbestos exposure and cigarette smoking, latency periods for disease, and health basis for standards. b. The physical characteristics of asbestos, including fiber size, aerodynamic properties, physical appearance, and uses. c. Employee personal protective equipment including the types and characteristics of respirator classes, limitations of respirators, proper selection, inspection, donning, use, maintenance and storage of respirators, field testing the facepiece- to-face seal (positive and negative pressures fitting tests), qualitative and quantitative fit-testing procedures, variations between laboratory and field fit factors, factors that affect respirator fit (e.g., facial hair), selection and use of disposable clothing, non-skid shoes, gloves, eye protection, and hard hats. d. Medical monitoring requirements for workers including required and recommended tests, reasons for medical monitoring, and employee access to records. e. Air monitoring procedures and requirements for workers including description of equipment and procedures, reasons for monitoring, types of samples, and current standards with recommended changes. f. Work practices for asbestos abatement, transportation and handling, including purpose, proper construction and maintenance of air-tight plastic barriers, job set- up of airlocks, worker decontamination enclosure systems, posting of warning signs, Contractoring controls for electrical and ventilation system lockout, proper working techniques, waste cleanup, waste handling, storage and disposal procedures. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-6 g. Personal hygiene including entry and exit procedures for the Work Area, use of showers, and prohibition of eating, drinking, smoking, and chewing in the Work Area. h. Special safety hazards that may be encountered including electrical hazards, air contaminants (carbon monoxide, wetting agents, encapsulants, materials from the City of Carlsbad's operation), fire and explosion hazards, scaffold and ladder hazards, slippery surfaces, confined spaces, heat stress, and noise. i. The applicable Cal/OSHA, OSHA and EPA standards. B. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE 1. Personnel Requiring Medical Monitoring: a. Contractor shall provide up-to-date proof of participation in a medical surveillance program for all workers who may encounter an airborne fiber level of 0.1 f/cc or greater for an 8-hour time weighted average or who will enter the Work Area for any reason. The medical surveillance program shall, at a minimum, meet OSHA requirements as set forth in 29 CFR 1926 and 8 CCF § 1529, 1632, and 5208. In addition, provide a physician's evaluation of the individual's ability to work in environments capable of producing heat stress in the worker. 2. Minimum Medical Monitoring Requirements: Medial monitoring provided by Contractor shall include at a minimum: a. A detailed work and medical history that pays particular attention to past lead exposure and past gastrointestinal, hematologic, renal, cardiovascular, reproductive, and neurological problems as well as personal habits such as smoking and hygiene. b. On initial examination, the standardized questionnaire (contained in OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix D, Part 1) and, on annual examination, the abbreviated standardized questionnaire (contained in OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix D, Part 2 and 8 CCR 5192). c. A physical examination directed to the pulmonary and gastrointestinal systems, including a chest roentgenogram to be administered at the discretion of the physician, the pulmonary function tests of forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV1). Interpretation and classification of chest roentgenograms shall be conducted in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix E. d. Any other examinations or tests deemed necessary by the examining physician. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 " 02080-7 3. Examination by a Physician: Contractor shall require employees to be evaluated by a physician to determine that they are able to work safely while breathing through the added resistance of a respirator, are able to carry' the extra weight of a respirator, and are psychologically able to wear a respirator. (Examining physicians shall be made aware of the nature of respiratory protective devices and their contributions to breathing resistance. They shall also be informed of the specific types of respirators the employee shall be required to wear and the work he or she will be required to perform, as well as special work place conditions such as high temperatures, high humidity, and chemical contaminants to which he or she may be exposed.) This examination can be a part of the required asbestos medical examination. 3.02 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Contractor shall provide respiratory protection to all workers in accordance with Contractor's submitted written respiratory protection program, which includes all items in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134(b)(l-9) and OSHA 29 CFR 1926.110l(h) and 8 CCR 5144. Contractor shall have a copy of this program on the job site at all times and shall produce a copy upon demand. B. PERSONALLY ISSUED RESPIRATORS 1. Contractor shall provide workers with personally issued, individually identified (marked with waterproof designations) respirators. C. USE OF RESPIRATORS 1. Minimum acceptance respiratory protection for all abatement activities is half- facepiece, negative pressure APR. Respiratory protection may be increased by the City of Carlsbad or the Contractor dependent upon measured airborne asbestos fiber concentration and respirator protection factors. D. RESPIRATOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE 1. Contractor shall dispose of used filter material at the end of each working day and replace it with new filter materials. All respirators shall be cleaned and maintained daily. A record log, recording these procedures, shall be maintained on site. E. FIT TESTING 1. Positive and Negative Air Pressure Fit Testing: Workers shall perform positive and negative air pressure qualitative fit tests each time a respirator is put on, whenever the respirator design so permits. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-8 2. OSHA Fit Testing Requirements: Contractor shall give workers a fit test in accordance with procedures detailed in OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101(h)(4) and Appendix C and 8 CCR 5217 Appendix E for all negative pressure respirators to be used on this abatement project. 3. Documentation: Contractor shall provide documentation of adequate respirator fit- tests to the Contractor. 4. Contractor shall not provide anyone with a respirator without documentation that such person has been examined by a physician and has been found medically fit to wear a respirator. F. RESTRICTIONS 1. Facial Hair: Contractor shall permit no one wearing a beard to put on a respirator and enter the Work Area. 2. Eating and Smoking: Contractor shall not allow workers to eat, drink, smoke, or chew gum or tobacco at the work site. 3. Glasses and Contact Lenses: Contract shall not allow corrective glasses to interfere with the seal of the facepiece. Contact lenses shall not be allowed inside the Contaminant Work Area. Corrective lenses must be mounted inside a full facepiece. At no time will respirator head straps be worn outside/over protective clothing (e.g., Tyvek) material. 3.03 WORK-TASK ASSUMPTIONS/REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACTOR AT THE PROJECT WORK-SITE A. Prior to commencing the demolition and removal of the ACP, the Contractor shall demonstrate that his staff has: 1. Conducted an Initial Exposure Assessment (IEA) test plan or baseline report, which complies with the criteria in Paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of OSHA's Construction Industry Standard for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos Subpart Z, 29 CFR 1926.1101 Asbestos, and which demonstrates that the employees' exposure to airborne asbestos fibers during removal of the Asbestos-Cement (A-C) pipe is expected to be consistently below the Permissible Exposure Levels (PELs). For example: exposure must be less than 0.1 fiber/cubic centimeter (cc) of air for an eight (8) hour time- weighted average limit (TWA), and less than 1.0 fiber/cc of air as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, all as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to the referenced section, or by an equivalent method, and therefore, the employer intends to do the A-C pipe removal through the use of Negative Exposure Assessments (NBAs). BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-9 2. Trained at least one worker as a "Competent Person" per OSHA's CPL 2-2.63 ****'"' (revised) - Inspection for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, who is capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards at the work place, determining if any NBAs exist, is qualified to train other workers, and has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate a hazardous exposure. 3.04 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE A. REGULATED AREA 1. Contractor shall establish a Regulated Area or Work Area to limit access to project personnel only. Setup and management of the Work Area is under the responsibility of Contractor's Competent Person as defined by OSHA. a. Before the start of work, Contractor shall comply with the worker protection requirements of this section. b. At the perimeter of the regulated area at any location and approaches to a location where airborne concentrations of asbestos may exceed ambient background levels, Contractor shall post DANGER signs in accordance with the specifications of OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101. B. ENTRY AND EXIT OF REGULATED AREAS 1. General: The Work Area shall be restricted to only authorized, trained, and properly protected personnel. These personnel may include Contractor's employees, the City of Carlsbad, the Contractor, employees, state and local inspectors, and any other individual's approved by the City of Carlsbad. A list of authorized personnel shall be established prior to the job start. a. Contractor shall maintain a log book in a suitable location. Anyone who enters the Work Area must record in permanent ink his or her name, affiliation, time in and time out for each entry. b. Contractor shall provide access to the Work Area through a single, controlled access. All other means of access shall be cordoned off to prevent entry to or exit from the Work Area. c. Contractor shall have full responsibility for the security of Contractor's equipment at the abatement site. d. Contractor shall maintain a record of the arrival and departure times for all personnel. The log shall include the worker's printed name, social security number, Work Area assignment, time on-site, time off-site, and the worker's initials. Contractor shall also establish and maintain all exposure records, medical BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-10 surveillance records, and training records required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 and provide copies to the City of Carlsbad or the Contractor on request. 2. Entry and Exit Procedures for Work Area: a. Personnel Entry and Exit Procedures: 1) All personnel who enter and exit the Work Area must sign the entry log. 2) Before entering the Work Area, all personnel shall read and be familiar with all posted regulations, personal protection requirements (including workplace entry and exit procedures), and emergency procedures. A sign-off sheet shall be used to acknowledge that the posted information has been reviewed and understood by all personnel prior to entry. 3) To enter the Work Area, all personnel shall don appropriate respiratory protection (as deemed adequate for the job conditions), disposable coveralls, head covering, and foot covering. Hard hats, eye protection, and gloves shall be used. Clean respirators and protective clothing shall be provided and used by each person for each separate entry into the Work Area. 4) To exit the Work Area, all personnel shall first remove gross contamination from the outside of respirators and protective clothing by HEPA vacuuming and/or wet wiping procedures. 5) Personnel shall proceed to the equipment area, where they shall remove all protective equipment except respirators. Personnel shall then deposit disposable clothing into appropriately labeled containers for disposal. 6) Contaminated work clothing shall be removed in a designated, controlled changing area. The Contractor shall ensure that no employee takes contaminated work clothing off the site or out of the change area except those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal. 7) Contractor shall store reusable contaminated footwear in the equipment area when it is not being used in the Work Area. Upon completion of abatement, the contaminated footwear shall be disposed of as ACM-contaminated waste material. (Rubber boots may be decontaminated at the completion of abatement for reuse.) 8) Prior to removal of respirators, clean the outside of their respirators, and exposed face areas. Personnel shall then remove their respirators. 9) Contractor shall post these work place entry and exit procedures in the equipment area. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-11 C. GENERAL REMOVAL PROCEDURES 1. All work shall be done in strict accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulation, standards, and codes covering ACM removal, transportation, disposal, and the requirements stated in this specification. 2. All work shall be done in such a manner as to have the least possible impact upon the tenants in the occupied areas adjacent to the Work Area. 3. Contractor shall ensure that all preparatory activities are completed and that written notice to proceed has been granted. 4. Contractor shall remove ACM to the nearest pipe coupling and thus avoid cutting ACP where at all possible. ACP removed shall be replaced with an equivalent size and pressure class of the same pressure class and side wall thickness to diameter ratio (SDR or DR) as new plastic pipe (either HOPE or fusible PVC) being replaced. D. WET REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE 1. Wet piping with amended water prior to and during removal. 2. Using wet methods and HEPA vacuuming techniques, remove pipe intact to the extent feasible. Unnecessary cutting, abrading or breaking the pipe shall be prohibited. Immediately place pipe in polyethylene bag or wrap in polyethylene and properly label. 3. At the end of each work shift, all removed pipe shall be transferred to a closed receptacle. 4. Refer to other sections for decontamination, disposal, air monitoring, and encapsulation requirements. 3.05 WORK AREA CLEARANCE A. GENERAL 1. Decontamination is complete when the Work Area is visually clean, and is completed in accordance with applicable Cal/OSHA and local Air Quality Management/Air Pollution Control District requirements. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL 02080-12 3.06 AIR MONITORING AND TEST LABORATORY SERVICES The procedures described in this section shall be followed when ACM abatement is performed in enclosed areas or when the procedure is applicable to all ACM abatement activities: A. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK 1. This section describes air monitoring carried out by the Contractor to verify that the area beyond the Work Areas and the outside environment remain uncontaminated. This section also sets forth airborne fiber levels both inside and outside the Work Areas as action levels, and describes the action required by Contractor if an action level is met or exceeded. Personnel air monitoring required by OSHA of Contractor is not covered in this section. B. AIR MONITORING 1. Outside the Work Areas During Work: The Contractor will monitor the airborne fiber concentrations outside the Work Area during work to detect fiber contamination resulting from: a. Improper work procedures b. Incomplete decontamination of personnel or equipment removed from the Work Area should elevated fiber concentrations occur due to any of the above. Contractor shall immediately cease abatement activities until the deficiency is corrected. Work shall not recommence until authorized by the Contractor. 2. Inside the Work Area During Work: The Contractor will monitor airborne fiber concentrations inside the Work Area during work. C. AIRBORNE FIBER LEVELS 1. Inside Work Area: a. Maintain an average airborne concentration in Work Areas of less than Cal- OSHA permissible exposure limits (PELs). The PEL is 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc). If the Time Weighted Average (TWA) for any work shift exceeds the PEL, revise work procedures to lower concentrations. If concentrations remain above the PEL for two consecutive 8-hour TWAs, stop all work and notify Contractor. Do not recommence work until authorized in writing by Contractor. 2. Outside Work Area: Sample results above the following levels will be considered as "elevated" and will require actions by Contractor. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-13 a. Asbestos: 1) Greater than 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (f/cc) by NIOSH 7400 or equivalent method. D. ANALYTICAL METHODS 1. The following methods will be used by the Contractor in analyzing filters used to collect air samples. Mixed cellulose ester filters will be analyzed using NIOSH 7400A counting rules. E. LABORATORY TESTING 1. Frequency of Testing: The Contractor shall periodically collect samples and send them to a testing laboratory by overnight mail, or analyze them on site. F. WORKER EXPOSURE MONITORING 1. Contractor shall perform air monitoring as required to meet OSHA requirements for maintenance of TWA fiber counts for the types of respiratory protection provided. The City of Carlsbad will not perform air monitoring to meet these OSHA requirements. 3.07 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1. This section describes the procedures to be followed in the handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste materials. B. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY 1. Contractor: Contractor shall dispose of asbestos-contaminated waste material in a manner consistent with appropriate federal, state, and local regulations (CFR Title 40 Part 264). The proper characterization and disposal of contaminated solid waste and wastewater shall be the responsibility of Contractor. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Contractor Qualifications: Contractor shall conform to the following qualifications. a. Perform all work by a Contractor licensed in the State of California for asbestos removal, handling, transportation, and disposal. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-14 b. Work must be accomplished by Contractor with proper equipment and personnel experienced in asbestos removal, handling, transportation, and disposal. c. Demonstrate to the City of Carlsbad's satisfaction: expertise of personnel, adequacy and dependability of equipment, and techniques proposed for use. D. JOB CONDITIONS 1. Contractor shall perform all removal, handling, transportation, and disposal operations without damage or contamination of equipment. 2. When asbestos materials are disposed of within the State of California, the following certificate of disposal arrangements shall be used. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-15 CERTIFICATE OF DISPOSAL ARRANGEMENTS Project Abatement Contractor City of Carlsbad Landfill I certify the following has been accomplished: 1. approved by the California Department of Health and Environment for (Landfill) Disposal of ___ material. (ACM) 2. The California Department of Health and Environment has been notified of the intent to dispose of materials from this project at the selected landfill. 3. has agreed to receive the materials from this project and (Landfill) to perform this disposal in accordance with the project specifications. Signed: Authorized Contractor Representative Date Signed: Authorized Contractor Representative Date BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-16 CERTIFICATE OF DISPOSAL OF ACM MATERIAL This is to verify that approximately of ACM materials were (Amount) delivered and received by (Landfill) on . This material came from O- (Date) (Project) (City, State) And was delivered by (Contractor) This disposal operation was conducted in accordance with the project specifications. Land Operator Date BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-17 E. CONTAMINANT OF ACM WASTE MATERIAL 1. Contractor shall be responsible for proper disposal of all materials removed from the Work Area. Prior to abatement, Contractor shall check with the local landfill about specific containerization and disposal requirements at that site, and Contractor shall be responsible for meeting these requirements. 2. Materials to be treated as contaminated waste are as follows: all plastic sheeting, tape, cleaning material, clothing, and all other disposable requirements at that site, and Contractor shall be responsible for meeting these requirements. 3. Contractor shall not allow ACM material to dry out or collect on any surface during the abatement process. a. Containers: Contractor shall seal containers (6 mil polyethylene bags or fiberboard or polyboard drums) when full. Contractor shall use double bagging procedures. Bags shall not be overfilled. These bags shall be securely sealed, and the air shall be evacuated with a HEPA-filtered vacuum. To prevent accidental opening and leakage, the tops of the bags shall be tied with and overhand knot or taped in goose neck fashion. Bags shall not be sealed with wire or cord. Bags may be placed in clean fiberboard or polyboard drums (not metal drums) and sealed with locking ring tops. b. Large Components: Large component removed intact may be wrapped in two layers of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting and secured with tape by Contractor for transport to the landfill. F. STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACM WASTE MATERIAL 1. Contractor shall provide a securely lockable dumpster or secured area for storage of the ACM waste material. This storage shall have doors that can be closed and locked to prevent vandalism. This secured dumpster or area must be approved by the City of Carlsbad. a. Bagged ACM Waste Material: If bagged ACM waste material is to be stored. Contractor shall provide and use lockable dumpsters for this purpose. Contractor shall not store unbagged ACM waste or non-contaminated waste in these dumpsters. Contractor shall also ensure that the bags in the dumpsters are not damaged. Contractor shall post warning signs on the dumpsters as specified in OSHA requirement 29 CFR 1926.1101. G. TRANSPORTATION OF ACM WASTE MATERIAL 1. Preparation: Contractor shall be responsible for preparing the ACM material for transportation as required by the State of California. Department of Transportation BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-18 (DOT) and EPA regulations (including Federal NESHAPS-Part 61. Subparts A and M and Revised Subpart B) and also state and local requirements, if applicable. 2. Handling and Loading Requirements: a. Contractor shall load the ACM waste material, which has been prepared for transportation as required by all applicable Department of Transportation regulations (including DOT 49 CFR 173.1090), onto trucks. b. Contractor is encouraged to use hand trucks, carts, and proper lifting techniques to avoid back and other inquiries when employees are moving bags of asbestos waste. Trucks with lift gates are helpful for raising drums and pallets during truck loading. Contractor shall not drop to throw to the ground ACM waster material. This material should be carefully lowered to the ground. c. Contractor shall clean the enclosed cargo area of the truck of debris and line the cargo area with one (1) layer of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting to prevent contamination from damaged or leaking containers. First, floor sheeting shall be installed to extend up the sidewalls a minimum of two (2) feet. Then wall sheeting shall be overlapped and taped into place. d. Contractor shall place the cargo on level surfaces in the cargo area of the truck and pack them tightly together to prevent shifting and tipping. Contractor shall not throw the cargo into the truck cargo area. e. Any debris or residue observed on containers or surfaces outside of the Work Area shall be removed by Contractor using HEP A filtered vacuum equipment and/or wet methods. 3. Manifest for ACM Materials: a. Contractor shall prepare a standard (EPA approved) manifest document for the hauling of the waste material from the work site to the disposal facility (landfill). This manifest shall include but is not limited to the following. 1. Work site name/address/ and Generator's own name and telephone number. 2. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number 3. Name, address, location and telephone number of waste disposal facility 4. Name and address of responsible agency (NESHAP) 5. Description of waste (friable, non-friable) 6. Number and type of containers, and total volume of material 7. Emergency contact person and special instructions b. Contractor and/or the Engineer may add additional descriptive comments such as project name, location, job and Contract numbers within block number 15 ("Special Handling Instructions") to allow for better tracking of the material. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-19 c. Prior to the removal of the ACM material from the work site, the City of Carlsbad shall sign and date the waste manifest. d. Contractor (Transporter) shall sign and date the manifest accepting the material for transportation to the disposal facility. By the signature, Contractor (Transporter) certifies compliance with all federal, state, and local requirements including placarding and weight limits for the transportation of the loaded and secured waste material. e. Contractor (Transporter) shall provide a copy of the two signatures (Generator, Transporter) to the Contractor prior to the waste leaving the property. f. Contractor (Transporter) shall be responsible for the safe handling of the material in transit to the disposal facility. g. Upon delivery of the material to the disposal facility, Contractor (Transporter) shall receive a volume ticket or similar item indicating that the material has been received and accepted for disposal. Contractor (Transporter) shall provide a copy of this receipt within two (2) working days of the delivery to the Contractor. h. Contractor shall advise the disposal facility that, upon the disposal facility's placement of the waste material in their landfill, the disposal facility is to submit a letter certifying that the specific waste manifested has been landfilled in accordance with all federal, state, and local requirements. 4. Transportation Requirements: Contractor shall ensure the City of Carlsbad that all ACM waste material from the Work Area is transported from the abatement site by a registered hazardous waste hauler. Contractor shall transport ACM waste material from this abatement site directly to the specified disposal site. H. DISPOSAL OF ACM WASTE MATERIAL 1. Notifying Landfill Operator: Contractor shall meet the notification requirement of the landfill owner prior to shipment of ACM waste material from the abatement site. 2. Unloading: a. Upon reaching the landfill, Contractor's trucks are to approach the dump location as closely as possible for unloading the ACM waste material. b. Contractor shall inspect containers as they are unloaded at the disposal site. Material in damaged containers shall be repacked in empty containers, as necessary. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-20 c. Contractor shall carefully place waste containers on the ground at the disposal .^k site, not push or throw the containers out of the trucks. ^ngr 3. Disposal of Drums: Contractor shall not remove ACM waste material from fiberboard or polyboard drums, unless required to do so by the landfill owner. Drums shall be disposed of as ACM waste material. 4. Cleanup Procedures: a. If the containers are broken or damaged, Contractor shall leave the containers in the truck and clean the truck and containers using HEPA vacuums and wet cleaning methods, until no visible residue is observed. b. Following the removal of all containerized waste, Contractor shall decontaminate the truck cargo area using HEPA vacuums and/or wet cleaning methods until no visible residue is observed. Polyethylene sheeting shall be removed and discarded as ACM waste material, along with contaminated cleaning materials and protective clothing, in containers at the disposal site. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AUGUST 2010 02080-21 SECTION 02140 •<<**,*.• DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION The Work of this Section includes any site dewatering that may be necessary to lower and control groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to permit excavation and construction to be performed properly under dry conditions. Dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of the finished project. The responsibility for conducting the dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjacent structures and facilities rests solely with the Contractor. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear the sole responsibility for the design, installation, and operation of the dewatering system to comply with the requirements of this section. The Contractor shall be required to install additional dewatering equipment as may be required throughout the duration of the project to maintain specified groundwater levels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS The Work of the following Section applies to the Work of this Section. Other Sections of the Specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work. 1. Section 02200 Earthwork 1.03 SCHEDULE AND PLAN The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300: 1. The Contractor shall make an independent investigation of the soil and groundwater conditions at each site. The results of the Contractor's independent investigation shall include the results of any and all exploratory borings, laboratory tests, and analyses. The Contractor's independent investigation shall be in report form. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-1 2. Prior to commencement of excavation, a detailed plan and schedule, with description, for dewatering of excavations, piezometers, estimated dewatering rates, volume and equipment requirements shall be submitted with the dewatering plan. The plan shall be signed and sealed by a California registered Civil Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, Engineering Geologist or Hydrogeologist with experience of at least one dewatering operation of similar magnitude and complexity in a recently completed construction project. The qualification of the dewatering system designer shall be submitted to Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall make an independent investigation of the soil conditions to be dewatered. The dewatering plan shall be prepared specifically to accommodate soil materials and groundwater conditions of the site. 3. Demonstration of proposed system and verification that adequate personnel, materials and equipment are readily available, including standby equipment. 1.04 CONTROL AND OBSERVATION Adequate control shall be maintained to ensure that the stability of excavated and constructed slopes are not adversely affected by water, that erosion is controlled and that flooding of excavation or damage to structures does not occur. Where critical structures or facilities exist immediately adjacent to areas of proposed dewatering, reference points shall be established and observed daily to detect any settlement which may ^" develop. ""***" A daily report shall be maintained recording the following: 1. Groundwater elevations of ground water and piezometric water levels in observation wells (if any). 2. Change in elevation of reference points as stated in subsection 1.5 to detect settlement in adjacent structures. Engineer may suspend work if any settlement exceeds 0.05 feet. After dewatering is discontinued, a weekly report shall be maintained for two months recording: 1. Change in elevation of reference points as stated in subsection 1.5 to detect settlement in adjacent structures. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-2 1.05 INSPECTION During or after trench excavation, when Contractor observes sufficient groundwater to be present that may prevent proper installation of pipe bedding, pipelines, backfill and compaction, then Contractor shall call for inspection of conditions by the Engineer. The Engineer shall inspect the conditions and determine if unacceptable conditions are present for pipe installation. If unacceptable trench conditions are found by the Engineer, then the Contractor will be authorized to mobilize and start dewatering operations of the pipeline trench. Damp soils or low volumes of groundwater in the bottom of trenches are not sufficient cause for trench dewatering. 1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Separate payments shall be made as specified in the contract for providing all dewatering equipment and apparatus, for mobilization/demobilization of dewatering equipment, and for all dewatering operations. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all costs associated with the discharge of dewatering effluent. Storm water run-off flowing into the excavation site shall be minimized to the maximum extent possible. All water entering the excavation site shall be subject to all dewatering requirements specified in these documents. Protection of adjacent structures from adverse effects of dewatering shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.07 PERMITS The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with obtaining all proper permits and for maintaining permit compliance, including all costs associated with permit violations. The Contractor should coordinate with the City regarding the use of the City's existing NPDES permit for dewatering discharge including discharge of any curing water used in the Cured-In- Place Pipe (CIPP) process (reference Specification Section 02315). The Contractor shall also be responsible for any water discharged to sanitary sewers as well as compliance with requirements imposed by the Encina Wastewater Authority for treatment of discharges to the sanitary sewer system. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining compliance with the permit at all times. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-3 PART 2 ~ PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT Dewatering, where indicated, includes deep wells, well points, piezometers, sump pumps, temporary pipelines for water disposal, and rock or gravel placement, and other means including standby pumping equipment maintained on the jobsite continuously. 2.02 FOUNDATION ROCK Foundation rock shall be included in the dewatering system to replace weakened soil within the excavation. Rock shall be 1-1/2 inch maximum crushed stone placed in minimum 12-inch layers and completely wrapped in filter fabric. Foundation rock shall be used in addition to bedding material shown on the plans and shall be used at the Contractor's discretion, or as directed by the Engineer. Foundation rock shall be considered to be part of the dewatering system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All water encountered in the trench shall be disposed by the Contractor in such a manner as will not damage public or private property or create a nuisance or health nuisance. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate pumps, pipes, appliances, and equipment of sufficient capability to keep trench excavation free from water until the trench is backfilled, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. No dewatering from inside the trench will be permitted while the pipeline is being installed, unless it is approved by the Engineer. Dewatering shall be performed in compliance with Subsection 306-3.3 of SSPWC, the City of Carlsbad Stormwater Standards Manual, and as specified herein. An independent assessment of the subsurface conditions shall be performed prior to submitting a dewatering plan. The assessment shall be signed and sealed by a California registered Geotechnical Engineer, Engineering Geologist or Hydrogeologist. The plan shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Additional exploratory borings. 2. Laboratory testing. 3. Pump testing. All boreholes and wells advanced by the Contractor shall be logged and submitted for review. An adequate system shall be designed, installed and maintained to lower and control the ground water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials to be performed under dry conditions. The system shall include two piezometers at each structure and one piezometer at the midpoint of each pipeline reach. The piezometers shall be properly BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-4 installed to accurately reflect the groundwater depth adjacent to the excavation. Sufficient dewatering equipment shall be installed to pre-drain the water-bearing strata below the bottom of foundations, sewers and other excavations. The hydrostatic head in water-bearing strata below foundations, drains, sewers and other excavations shall be reduced to ensure that the water level and piezometric water levels are below the excavation surface at all times. The piezometric water level shall be maintained a minimum of 3 feet below the excavation surface. No excavation shall be made without proof of required lowered groundwater levels. The system shall be placed into operation prior to excavation below ground water level to lower the ground water level and shall be operated continuously 24 hours a day, 7 days a week until drains, sewers and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been placed and dewatering is no longer required. Groundwater will need to remain depressed until adequate loading from proposed structures and uplift resistance to buoyant forces can be provided. All dewatering wells, well points and piezometers shall be installed under the supervision of a California registered Geotechnical Engineer, Engineer Geologist, or Hydrogeologist. The registered professional shall submit a written certificate that the system has been installed according to the dewatering plan. The site shall be graded to facilitate drainage. Surface runoff shall be diverted from excavations. Water entering the excavation from surface runoff shall be collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to sumps, and then be pumped or drained by gravity away from the excavation and disposed of in compliance with local, State and Federal regulations. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with foundation rock completely wrapped in filter fabric at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. Flotation of structures and facilities shall be prevented by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water. The dewatering system shall be in continuous operation until all structure and pipelines are properly backfilled. If well points or wells are used, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be sandpacked and/or other means used to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. A continual check shall be maintained to ensure that the subsurface soil is not being removed by the dewatering operation. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-5 If the laboratory results of the independent assessment of subsurface conditions show contamination levels above what is acceptable, a treatment system shall be provided under the bid allowances in the Bid Schedule. The release of groundwater to its original level shall be performed in such a manner as not to disturb natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted backfill and prevent flotation or movement of structures, pipelines, and sewers. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02140-6 SECTION 02145 SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section describes the existing conditions for temporary bypassing and dewatering of sewers during internal television inspection (CCTV), cleaning operations, rehabilitation, and inspection of the project pipelines and of service laterals during the rehabilitation prior to reconnection to the rehabilitated pipeline. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. Contractor shall provide labor, materials, and supervision to temporarily bypass flow around the Contractor's work in accordance with the specific needs of the rehabilitation method being utilized and dewater the pipelines in preparation for cleaning and rehabilitation. All references to the bypass pumping and/or bypass pumping system include, but are not limited to, all pumps, piping, valves and other equipment needed to move the intended flow from one location to another. 2. The actual design of the bypass arrangement and alignment shall be prepared by the Contractor, and shall be submitted to the Engineer to determine conformance to project objectives. Means and methods of accomplishing the bypassing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Sanitary sewer mains shall remain in service at all times throughout the duration of the project. Contractor shall be responsible for diverting flow away from the limits of construction through the use of bypass pumping or flow diversions with prior written approval by the Engineer. 4. Service to laterals shall be disrupted for a period of no more than 8 hours. Laterals within residential areas shall only be out of service between the hours of 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday through Friday. Laterals within business areas shall be addressed on a case by case basis. If Contractor feels that it is necessary to disrupt lateral services for a period longer than 8 hours, Contractor shall provide alternate means of service without disrupting use of the service by the owner/resident. 5. Contractor shall maintain pedestrian and vehicular traffic and comply with ADA regulations for access to all residential and commercial property unless written approval is otherwise obtained from the property owner allowing for reduced access. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02145-1 6. It is the Contractor's responsibility to arrange all necessary access and temporary construction agreements with all affected parties for the location of the bypass pumping system. 7. The bypass pumping system shall be designed to normally maintain the waste water flow below the top of the pipe, without surcharging. 8. The Contractor shall have the complete bypassing system in place and successfully pressure tested at 1.5 times the maximum operating pressure of the system before bypassing any sewage. 9. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours prior to shutting down or bypassing the pipeline. 10. The bypassed flow shall be continuously monitored. 11. Contractor is responsible for immediate and proper cleanup should any spill occur, regardless of amount. C. EXPERIENCE: Contractor shall utilize staff and/or a subcontractor that has been directly responsible for completion of a CIPP project that required the bypass pumping of sewage flows in excess of 12 mgd. 1.02 SUBMITTALS At the Preconstruction Conference the Contractor shall submit, in accordance with Section 01300, drawings and complete design data showing methods and equipment he proposes to utilize in sewer bypassing for approval by the Engineer., including the following: A bypass pumping plan for sewage flow control in accordance with these Specifications. The submitted bypass plan shall be coordinated with the submitted Traffic Control Plan, and is to be divided into work phases based on the sequence of work performed. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING 02145-2 a. Provide sequence of bypassing implementation.. b. Drawings indicating the location of temporary bulkheads, plugs, bypass discharge lines including diameter and size, discharge points and all locations where flow control pipelines will be buried, placed above grade, and all provisions required to maintain access. c. Methods of controlling main pipeline flow, including location where sewage is to be diverted, type, of pipe to be used for bypass, and the method of side sewer and lateral flow control. d. List of locations to be monitored as part of system check for sewer flow control system. e. Capacities of pumps and standby equipment. f. Design calculations prepared by an Engineer licensed in the State of California proving adequacies of the bypassing system and selected equipment. g. Drawing and design of temporary bulkheads. h. The sewage bypass pumping plan shall include an emergency response plan to be followed in the event of a failure of the bypass pumping system or sewer pipeline being surcharged to an unacceptable level. i. Identify and designate full-time responsible person for Contractor that shall be responsible for monitoring the bypass system and have the ability to correct problems with the bypass system. j. Suction and discharge points with elevations & stationing on the design plans. k. Provide pump performance curves. 1. Submit calculations to verify suction lift of pumps has not been exceeded. m. Contractor shall submit proposed noise control and exhaust control plans for pumping equipment. n. Contractor shall submit a proposed plan for disruption of sewer service laterals, o. Contractor shall submit bypass piping inspection plan, p. Standby power source. The actual design of the bypass arrangement shall be prepared by the Contractor or Subcontractor performing the work, and shall be submitted to the Engineer to determine BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02145-3 conformance to project objectives. The Contractor shall be responsible for any Subcontractors design (if used) on this Project. Means and methods of accomplishing the bypassing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Approval of submitted plans for sewer connection and temporary rerouting shall in no way relieve the Contractor of their responsibility for the protection of adjacent properties, downstream drainage systems and water tributaries against sewage spill. Any litigation, claims, fines, etc. associated with any sewage spill shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. o 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. AVAILABLE FLOW DATA: Available flow data for the sewers to be rehabilitated at the project site is located in 3.01 of this section. Flow data for the service laterals is not available. The Contractor shall determine the flow in the service laterals. B. PROTECTION: In areas where flows are bypassed, all bypass flows shall be discharged as approved by the Engineer. No bypassing to the ground surface, receiving waters, storm drains, or bypassing which results in soil or groundwater contamination or any potential health hazards shall be permitted. C. SCHEDULING: The bypassing system shall not be shut down between shifts, on holidays or weekends, or during work stoppages without written permission from the Engineer. The bypass system will have an attendant around the clock whose only duty is to maintain the bypass pumping system until the bypassing of that specific pipeline is no longer required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PUMPING SYSTEMS Two different bypass pumping system criteria have been identified for this project. These criteria are identified below. Projects that are in environmentally sensitive areas or that have a high sewage flows will require one or more of these criteria as specified herein. The Contractor is made aware that the Buena Vista Lift Station Force Main (VC-4) is in an environmentally sensitive area and that peak dry weather flows (PDWF) can exceed 10.2 MGD therefore Criterion 2 applies. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING 02145-4 A. CRITERION 1 - BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEM WITH FLOWS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 2.5 MOD Contractor shall maintain on site, the following minimum requirements for all bypass pumping systems: 1. Sufficient equipment and materials to ensure continuous and successful operation of the bypass and dewatering systems. The COMPLETE bypass system, including all piping, shall be continuously monitored by Contractor personnel. 2. A minimum of two primary pumps are required for each flow control system. 3. A minimum of two parallel pipes with separate valving shall be provided for each bypassing set-up. 4. Provide double bulkheads and plugs, both able to withstand upstream head. Coordinate installation and removal of bulkheads and plugs with the Engineer. 5. A system of pumps and piping operating on site to maintain a minimum 50% over capacity of the anticipated maximum flow (as determined by the Contractor). In addition, the Contractor shall have a standby pump, equal in capacity to the largest pump in the system, piped, plumbed and ready for operation. Standby pumps shall be fueled and operational at all times. 6. The Contractor shall maintain on site a sufficient number of valves, tees, elbows, connections, tools, sewer plugs, piping, hoses and other parts of system hardware to ensure immediate repair or modification of any part of the system as necessary. B. CRITERION 2 - BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEM WITH FLOWS GREATER THAN 2.5 MOD In addition to the requirements identified under Criterion 1, Contractor shall design construct, operate and maintain the bypass system specified herein: 1. All bypass piping shall be leak-free fused HDPE piping. 2. The bypass piping system shall include multiple pipelines to convey 150% of the maximum anticipated flow (as determined by the Contractor based on the highest historical flow for the time of year and diurnal flow pattern of bypassing). A minimum of one additional (spare) pipeline will be constructed and plumbed for immediate operation that is equal in diameter to the largest pipe size in use for the bypass setup. All other requirements shall be the same as identified under Criterion 1 of these specifications. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02145-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ESTIMATED FLOWS AND SEWER CAPACITY PROJECT PIPELINE A. DAILY FLOW DATA The following paragraph provides observed daily flow information for the project pipeline. The information was obtained from the data provided by the City of Carlsbad. For additional information contact the City of Carlsbad, during normal business hours. Use of this flow data in no way relieves the Contractor from his responsibilities for design, construction and operation of an adequate and properly functioning bypass system. Any additional monitoring or gathering of flow data is the responsibility of the Contractor. The average daily and peak flows for each of the projects are presented below. The average daily flows and peak hour flows are based on the highest hourly reported flow during wet weather months (typically November through March). Metered Average Day And Peak Hour Sewage Flows Location Average Daily Flow (MGD*) Peak Hour Flow (MOD) Buena Vista Lift Station 2 to 7 10.2 to 18.9 * MGD - million gallons per day B. FLOW CONDITIONS: The Contractor is responsible for obtaining current flow condition information at the time of construction. At no time shall the available and redundant bypass pumping capacity be less than 1.5 times the minimum diurnal flow of the Buena Vista Lift Station (2.0 MGD). The City of Carlsbad is not responsible for any deviations in quantity of sewage flow at any time during the construction period. Higher flows may be encountered depending on weather and other upstream conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION The Contractor shall inspect the entire bypass pumping and piping system for leaks for spills on an hourly basis. The Contractor shall also create an inspection log and shall enter the time of the inspections and the condition of the piping and the name of the inspector into the log for review by the Engineer. 3.03 DAMAGES The Contractor shall repair, without cost to the City, any damage that may result from his negligence, inadequate or improper installation, maintenance and operation of bypassing system, including mechanical or electrical failures. -*"'**•, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02145-6 3.04 ODOR CONTROL The Contractor shall employ methods and procedures that mitigate the generation and discharge of objectionable odors to the surface environment at all times. At the project site prior to bypassing sewage flow, the Contractor shall provide odor control measures in accordance with the following: 1. Contractor shall add ferric chloride to the wastewater flow upstream at each pumping site to reduce odor. The Contractor shall make his own determination of flow characteristic for required dosing. The Contractor shall add the ferric chloride from a location upstream that will allow 10 to 15 minutes reaction time before the flow enters the work area. The chemical dosing shall reduce odors generated from the wastewater stream to an undetectable level. If this is not accomplished by adding the ferric chloride only, an additional control is required. The Contractor shall add hydrogen peroxide downstream to the flow that has been dosed with ferric chloride. The hydrogen peroxide shall be added to allow a 5-minute reaction time before flow enters the work area. If odors are still detectable after addition of ferric chloride, the Contractor may also add hydrogen peroxide. Odors must be detectable by humans. Any dosage combination of the two chemicals may be used to ensure continuous control of odors to below detectable levels 2. Contractor shall notify the City within the affected area regarding the discharge of styrene into the sewer system. Contractor shall inform the City of the potential for odors due to styrene. A minimum notification may be required and, if required, shall consist of door hangers explaining possible methods of odor mitigation. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING AUGUST 2010 02145-7 SECTION 02146 HOT TAPPING/LINE STOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This sections covers work necessary to hot tap existing ductile iron wastewater force mains and insert line stop to allow temporary bypassing around work area. The Contractor shall assume that the parallel 16-Inch ACP force main is no longer considered in service but may be pressurized due to the age of shutoff valves which are connected to this line. As such, the Contractor must plan for similar line stoppages when abandoning and/or capping segments of this pipeline. Any line stopping or tapping must be jointly coordinated with the City of Carlsbad and the Encina Wastewater Authority. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS Hot tap/line stopping work shall be performed by a specialty contractor that has successfully performed a minimum of 5 applications of the size shown on the Contract Drawings. Onsite field technician shall have a minimum of 5 years experience with performing hot tap/line stopping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Experience summary and references for specialty contractor to perform work 2. Experience summary and references for onsite technician 3. Description of hot tapping/line stopping procedure and equipment to be used 4. Shop drawings for tapping saddle, completion plug, blind flange, and associated appurtenances. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 HOT TAPPING/LINE STOPPING 02146-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FITTINGS 1. Hot tap fittings shall be constructed of carbon steel with fusion bonded epoxy coating and shall be supplied with completion plugs, 316 stainless steel bolts, and blind flanges. 2. All parts exposed to wastewater flow shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy, suitable for service in wastewater as described in the Contract Documents. Exterior surfaces to be coated in accordance with Section 09900 Coating Systems, System E-10. 3. Hot tap fitting shall be gasketed to provide positive seal to prevent all leakage of wastewater from pipe. Gaskets shall be suitable for service in wastewater as described in the Contract Documents. 4. Provide %-inch tap with corporation stop and plug on side of fitting to bleed air from finished fitting. 5. Maximum pressure at location of tap is 10 psi. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Line stopping shall be performed using the single position method. Contractor shall verify adequacy of concrete encasement shown on the Contract Drawings for hot tap/line stopping procedure prior to ordering parts for the installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION Hot tapping and line stopping shall be performed without interruption to wastewater flow. Tapping machine shall have the capability to catch pipe coupon. Upon request, City of Carlsbad can stop flow in pipe for a period not to exceed 15 minutes to allow removal of line stop assembly. Contractor to notify City of Carlsbad 3 days in advance of requested shut down. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) HOT TAPPING/LINE STOPPING AUGUST 2010 02146-2 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies earthwork which consists of excavation, filling, grading, and disposal of excess material. The requirements of this section are to be used in conjunction with specification sections 02202 and 02223. B. DEFINITIONS: 1. COMPACTION: The degree of compaction is specified as percent compaction. Maximum or relative densities refer to dry soil densities obtainable at optimum moisture content. 2. EXCAVATION SLOPE: Excavation slope shall be defined as an inclined surface formed by removing material from below existing grade. 3. EMBANKMENT SLOPE: Embankment slope shall be defined as an inclined surface formed by placement of material above existing grade. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) EARTHWORK AUGUST 20 10 02200-1 version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title ASTMC136 ASTMD1556 ASTMD1557 ASTMD2419 ASTM D6938 Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.5-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) B. TESTS: The Engineer will take samples and perform moisture content, gradation, compaction, and density tests during placement of backfill materials to check compliance with these specifica- tions. The Contractor shall remove surface material at locations designated by the Engineer and provide such assistance as necessary for sampling and testing. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to construct inspection trenches in compacted or consolidated backfill to determine that the Contractor has complied with these specifications. Payment for inspection trenches shall be as specified in the General Provisions. Tests will be made by the Engineer in accordance with the following: Test Moisture content Gradation Density in-place Moisture-density relationships Standard Procedure ASTM D6938 ASTM C136 ASTM D1556 ASTM D1557 1.03 SUBMITTALS Samples of fill materials to be used shall be submitted 2 weeks in advance of use. Samples shall consist of 0.5 cubic feet of each type of material. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EARTHWORK 02200-2 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. TYPE A: Type A material shall be a clean gravel-sand mixture free from organic matter and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. standard sieve size 3/4 inch 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 10 No. 20 No. 40 No. 100 Percent by weight passing 100 70-100 55-100 35-95 20-80 0-55 0-2 B. TYPED: Type B material shall be a select granular material free from organic matter and of such size and gradation that the specified compaction can be readily attained. Material shall have a sand equivalent value determined in accordance with ASTM D2419 of not less than 20 and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. standard sieve size 3 inch No. 4 No. 30 Percent by weight passing 100 35-100 20-100 The coefficient of uniformity shall be 3 or greater. The material may be an imported quarry waste, clean natural sand or gravel, select trench excavation or a mixture thereof. C. TYPEC: Type C material shall be unclassified material which is free from peat, wood, roots, bark, debris, garbage, rubbish or other extraneous material. The maximum size of stone shall not exceed 6 inches. If the material excavated from the site meets these requirements, it may be classified as Type C. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EARTHWORK 02200-3 D. TYPED: Type D material shall be granular material commonly known as pea gravel and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. standard sieve size 1/4 inch No. 8 Percent by weight passing 100 0-5 E. TYPEE: Type E material shall be crushed rock commonly known as drain rock and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. standard sieve size 1-1/2 inch 3/4 inch 1/2 inch 1/4 inch Percent by weight passing 100 30-75 15-55 0-5 Type E material shall be composed of hard, durable, sound pieces having a specific gravity of not less than 2.65 F. TYPEF: Type F material shall be crushed rock and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. standard sieve size 1-1/2 inch 3/4 inch No. 4 No. 30 No. 200 Percent by weight passing 87-100 45-90 20-50 6-29 0-12 Type F material shall be composed of hard, durable, sound pieces having a specific gravity of not less than 2.65. G. TYPEG: Type G material shall be pervious backfill. Pervious backfill material shall conform to the following gradation: BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EARTHWORK 02200-4 U.S. standard sieve size 2 inch No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 Percent by weight passing 100 0-100 0-8 0-4 H. TYPEH: Type H material shall be 6-inch riprap. Riprap shall be graded rock having a range of individual rock weights as follows: Weight of stone 10 pounds 5 pounds 2 pounds 1 pound 1/2 pound Below 1/2 pound Percent smaller by weight 100 80-100 45-80 15-45 5-15 0-5 Specific gravity shall be between 2.5 and 2.82. I: TYPE I: Type I material shall be 12-inch riprap. Riprap shall be graded rock having a range of individual rock weights as follows: Weight of stone 160 pounds 100 pounds 50 pounds 20 pounds 5 pounds 1 pound Percent smaller by weight 100 80-100 45-80 15-45 5-15 0-5 Specific gravity shall be between 2.5 and 2.82. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EARTHWORK 02200-5 J. TYPEJ: Type J material shall be unclassified material and may be obtained from excavation on site. The material may contain extraneous material such as demolition waste, unsuitable material excavated from beneath structures, and clearing and grubbing debris up to 50 percent by volume. Extraneous material shall be thoroughly mixed and the maximum size of organic particles shall be 6 inches. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. CONTROL OF WATER: The Contractor shall keep excavations reasonably free from water during construction. The static water level shall be drawn down a minimum of 3 feet below the bottom of excavations to maintain the undisturbed state of natural soils and allow the placement of any fill to the specified density. Disposal of water shall not damage property or create a public nuisance. The Contractor shall have on hand pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for emergencies and shall have workmen available for its operation. Dewatering systems shall operate continuously until backfill has been completed to 1 foot above the normal static groundwater level. Groundwater shall be controlled to prevent softening of the bottom of excavations, or formation of "quick" conditions. Dewatering systems shall not remove natural soils. The Contractor shall control surface runoff to prevent entry or collection of water in excavations. Release of groundwater to its static level shall be controlled to prevent disturbance of the natural foundation soils or compacted fill and to prevent flotation or movement of structures or pipelines. B. OVER-EXCAVATION: Where the undisturbed condition of natural soils is inadequate for support of the planned construction, the Contractor shall over-excavate to adequate supporting soils. The excavated space shall be filled to the specified elevation with backfill. The over-excavated space under footings may be filled with concrete. The quantity and placement of such material will be paid for as extra work. C. SURPLUS MATERIAL: Unless otherwise specified, surplus excavated material shall be disposed of off site in accordance with applicable ordinances and environmental requirements. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) EARTHWORK AUGUST 2010 02200-6 If the quantity of surplus material is specified, the quantity specified is approximate. The Contractor shall satisfy himself that there is sufficient material available for the completion of the embankments before disposing of any material inside or outside the site. Shortage of material, caused by premature disposal of any material by the Contractor, shall be replaced by the Contractor. Material shall not be stockpiled to a depth greater than 5 feet above finished grade within 25 feet of any excavation or structure except for those areas designated to be preconsolidated. For these areas, the depth of stockpiled material shall be as specified. The Contractor shall maintain stability of the soil adjacent to any excavation. D. BORROW MATERIAL: If the quantity of acceptable material from excavation is not sufficient to construct the embankments required by the work, the quantity of material needed to complete the embankments shall consist of imported borrow conforming to specified requirements. E. HAULING: When hauling is done over highways or city streets, the loads shall be trimmed and the vehicle shelf areas shall be cleaned after each loading. The loads shall be watered after trimming to eliminate dust. F. HAUL ROADS: The Contractor shall construct haul roads required to transport materials on site. Alignment of haul roads shall be selected to avoid interference with plant operations. Haul roads shall be removed after completion of embankment construction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining necessary Haul Route Permits from the City of Carlsbad. G. FINISH GRADING: Finished surfaces shall be smooth, compacted and free from irregularities. The degree of finish shall be that normally obtainable with a blade-grader. Finished grade shall be as specified by the contours plus or minus 0.10 foot except where a local change in elevation is required to match sidewalks, curbs, manholes and catch basins, or to ensure proper drainage. Allowance for topsoil and grass cover, and subbase and pavement thickness shall be made so that the specified thickness of topsoil can be applied to attain the finished grade. When the work is an intermediate stage of completion, the lines and grades shall be as specified plus or minus 0.5 foot to provide adequate drainage. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) EARTHWORK AUGUST 2010 02200-7 H. CONTROL OF EROSION: The Contractor shall maintain earthwork surfaces true and smooth and protected from erosion. Where erosion occurs, the Contractor shall provide fill or shall excavate as necessary to return earthwork surfaces to the grade and finish specified. 3.02 CLASSIFICATION OF FILL Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers and compacted with power-operated tampers, rollers, idlers, or vibratory equipment. Material type, maximum layer depth, relative compaction, and general application are specified in Table A. Unless otherwise specified, fill classes shall be used where specified in Table A under general application. Table A, Fill Classifications Fill class Al A2 Bl B2 Cl C2 Dl Ela Flb Gl Hlc 11° Jld Material type A A B B C C D E F G H I J Maximum uncompressed layer depth, inches 8 48 8 8 8 8 - 8 12 8 - - 8 Minimum relative compaction, percent 90 90 95 90 90-95 90 95 - 95 95 - - 90 General application Bedding for pipe, initial pipeline backfill; slabs on grade (other than specified for Class El) Initial and subsequent pipeline backfill when ponded or jetted Structure and subsequent pipeline backfill Site fill Subsequent pipeline backfill; compaction as specified Site fill, embankments and dikes Bedding for tanks and pipe, initial and subsequent tank and pipeline backfill Fill under slabs for structures and tank slabs with pressure relief valves Structure backfill, pipeline bedding, initial and subsequent pipeline backfill Bedding for plastic pipe, initial and subsequent pipeline backfill Embankment slope face, channel slope face Embankment slope face, channel slope face Excess fill "Compaction of layers shall be accomplished in two passes of equipment with complete coverage across the width of the field. bMaterial shall not be used for bedding or initial backfill for plastic pipe. °Fill material shall be grouted as specified in 02200-3.08. dAsphalt and concrete slabs from demolition may be placed at the bottom of the fill side by side to form a continuous pad. Clearing and grubbing is not required unless shrubs are taller than 3 feet. Mucking of the subgrade and keying or benching of adjoining embankments is not required. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EARTHWORK 02200-8 3.03 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES (Not Used) ^ \et/ 3.04 EARTHWORK FOR PIPELINES AND CONDUITS A. GENERAL: Earthwork for pipelines and conduits is specified in paragraph 02200-3.02, Table A; in the standard details; in specification sections 02202 and 02223; and in the following paragraphs. B. PIPELINE EXCAVATION: The bottom of the trench shall be carried to the specified lines and grades with proper allowance for pipe thickness and for bedding as specified. , C. PIPELINE BACKFILL: 1. BEDDING: The Contractor shall not proceed with backfill placement in excavated areas until the subgrade has been inspected by the Engineer. All pipe shall have a minimum thickness of bedding material below the barrel of the pipe as specified. Bedding material shall be placed in the bottom of the trench, leveled and compacted. Bell holes shall be excavated at each pipe joint to permit proper inspection and uniform bearing of pipe on bedding material. -***""*•• ^M*"'"" After the pipe has been laid to alignment and grade, unless otherwise specified, additional bedding material shall be placed in layers the full width of the trench and compacted up to the specified level. Bedding shall be placed simultaneously on both sides of the pipe, keeping the level of backfill the same on each side. The material shall be carefully placed and compacted around the pipe to ensure that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Contractor shall use particular care in placing material on the underside of the pipe to prevent lateral movement during backfilling. 2. INITIAL BACKFILL: After pipe has been properly bedded, Contractor shall place and compact initial backfill as specified. Initial backfill, where specified below the springline of the pipe, shall be placed and compacted in accordance with paragraph 02200-3.04 C.I for additional bedding material. 3. SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL: a. GENERAL: Backfill material, placement and compaction above the pipe zone shall be as specified. Backfill above the pipe zone shall not commence until pipe zone backfill has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. b. IMPROVED AREAS: Unless otherwise specified, select granular backfill Class A1 ^ shall be used under all paved and unpaved roadways and paved and unpaved BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) EARTHWORK AUGUST 2010 02200-9 roadway shoulders, roadway embankments, and in all public right-of-ways and easements. The trench shall be backfilled to an elevation which will permit the placement of the specified surface or paving. Paving shall be as specified in Section 02505. Other surfaces shall be restored, including compaction, to the condition existing prior to construction including restoration of yard areas. c. UNIMPROVED AREAS: Class Cl backfill shall not be used in any public right-of- way. 3.05 EARTHWORK FOR EMBANKMENTS (Not Used) 3.06 SUBGRADE FOR PAVEMENT The prepared subgrade shall be scarified to a depth of at least 12 inches and recompacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum density. 3.07 SITE FILL Unless otherwise specified, site fill shall be Class C2 fill. If the existing slope in an area to be filled is greater than 5:1, the Contractor shall bench the area prior to filling. 3.08 GROUTING RIPRAP (Not Used) **END OF SECTION** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) EARTHWORK AUGUST 2010 02200-10 SECTION 02202 FLOWABLE FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 INTRODUCTION: A. Flowable fill refers to a cementitious slurry consisting of a mixture of fine aggregate or filler, water, and cementitious material(s), which is used as a fill or backfill in lieu of compacted earth. This mixture is capable of filling all voids in irregular excavations and hard to reach places (such as undercuts of existing slabs or inside underground structures), is self- leveling, and hardens in a matter of a few hours without the need for compaction in layers. Flowable fill is sometimes referred to as controlled density fill (CDF), controlled low strength material (CLSM), lean concrete slurry, and unshrinkable fill. 1.02 DESCRIPTION: A. Furnish and place flowable fill in a fluid condition at locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer verbally or in writing that sets within the required time and, after curing, obtains the desired strength properties as evidenced by the laboratory testing of the specific mix design. Flowable fill shall be Type A unless noted otherwise. 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Flowable fill - Ready-mix Controlled Low Strength Material used as an alternative to compacted soil. Flowable fill (Controlled Low Strength Material) differs from portland cement concrete as it contains a low cementitious content to reduce strength development for possible future removal. Unless specifically approved otherwise, by the Engineer, flowable fill shall be designed as a permanent material, not designed for future removal. Design strength for this permanent type Type A flowable fill shall be a compressive strength of 2.1 MPa (300 psi) minimum at 28 days. Chemical admixtures may also be used in flowable fill to modify performance properties of strength, flow, set, and permeability. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Provide flowable fill mix design containing cement and water. At the contractor's option, it may also contain fly ash, aggregate, or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength and flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specification. Test and Performance - Submit the following data: BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FLOWABLE FILL AUGUST 2010 02202-1 1. Minimum strength according to ASTM C 39 at 28 days after placement. 2. Unit weight measured at the point of placement after a 60 minute ready- mix truck ride. 3. Final Bleeding shall be as measured in Section 10 of ASTM C 940 "Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory." B. Provide documentation that the admixture supplier has experience of at least one year. with the products being provided and any equipment required to obtain desired performance of the product. C. Manufacturer's Certificates: Provide Engineer with a certification that the materials incorporated in the flowable fill, following achievement of the required strength, do not represent a threat to groundwater quality. 1.05 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D4832-95 Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders. C618-99 Standard Specifications for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Concrete. (Use Fly Ash conforming to the chemical and physical requirements for mineral admixture, Class F listed, including Table 2 (except for Footnote A). Waive the loss on ignition requirement.) C403/C403M-99 Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Concrete Mixtures by Penetration Resistance. C150-99a Standard Specification for Portland Cement C33-99ael Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates C494/C494M-99a Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FLOWABLE FILL AUGUST 2010 02202-2 C940-98a Standard Specification for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced - Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory American Concrete Institute (ACI): SP-150 Controlled Low-Strength Materials 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer: Flowable fill shall be manufactured by a ready-mix concrete producer with a minimum of 1 year experience in the production of similar products. B. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this Section, provide primary materials that are the products of one manufacturer. If not otherwise specified here, materials shall comply with recommendations of ACI 229, "Controlled Low Strength Materials." { C. Pre-Approval Procedures: The use of flowable fill during any part of the project shall be restricted to those incidences where the Contractor has made the Engineer aware of the conditions for which he recommends the use of the flowable fill, and the Engineer has confirmed those conditions and approved the use of the flowable fill, in advance. The contractor shall prepare and submit the flowable fill mix design corresponding to required conditions. Approval for the strength of the flowable fill shall be obtained from the Engineer when the contractor desires, or is required to use flowable fill at specific location(s) within the project. Prior to commencement of field operations the contractor shall establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver and handle all products and equipment required, in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Perform installation of flowable fill only when approved by the Engineer, and when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FLOWABLE FILL AUGUST 2010 02202-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Provide flowable fill containing, at a minimum, cementitious materials and water. Cementitious materials shall be portland cement, pozzolanic materials, or other self- cementing materials, or combinations thereof, at the contractor's option, and following approval by the Engineer. The flowable fill mix design may also contain, fine aggregate or filler, and/or chemical admixtures in any proportions such that the final product meets the strength, flow consistency, and shrinkage requirements included in this specification, as approved by the Engineer. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1 or Type 2. Mixing Water: Fresh, clean, and potable. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494. Aggregate: ASTM C33. 2.02 FLOWABLE FILL MIXTURE: A. Mix design shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable product at the time of placement, which does not require manual means to move it into place. B. Flowable fill shall have a strength as indicated in the mix design, according to ASTM C39 at 28 days after placement of: Type A - 300 psi minimum; Type B - 100 to 200 psi; or Type C-50 to 100 psi. C. Flowable fill shall have minimal subsidence and bleed water shrinkage. Evaporation of bleed water shall not result in shrinkage of more than 10.4 mm per m (1/8 inch per foot) of flowable fill depth (for mixes containing high fly ash content). Measurement of a Final Bleeding shall be as measured in Section 10 of ASTM C 940 "Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory. D. Flowable fill shall have a unit weight within +/- 10 percent of that indicated in the approved mix design, measured at the point of placement after a 60 minute ready-mix truck ride. In the absence of strength data the cementitious content shall be a maximum of 188 Ibs/cy. E. Flowable fill shall have an in-place yield of at least 98% of design yield at 1 year. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FLOWABLE FILL AUGUST 2010 02202-4 F. Provide equipment as recommended by the Manufacturer and comply with manufacturer's recommendations for the addition of additives, whether at the production plant or prior to placement at the site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: Examine conditions under which work is to be performed and notify Engineer, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 APPLICATION OF FLOWABLE FILL: A. Place flowable fill at locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer verbally or in writing. B. Place flowable fill by chute, tremie pipe, pumping, or other methods approved by the Engineer. C. Place flowable fill in lifts to prevent excess lateral pressures and/or buoyancy uplift on structures. D. Place flowable fill evenly on both sides of utilities and structures, if necessary, to maintain alignment. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CURING: Protect exposed surfaces of flowable fill from premature drying, wash by rain or running water, wind, mechanical injury, and excessively hot or cold temperature. Curing method shall be subject to approval by Engineer. **END OF SECTION** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 FLOWABLE FILL 02202-5 SECTION 02223 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation, backfill, and compaction of piping, conduit, manholes, and vaults. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Program Boilerplate requirement of Section 9 for trench excavation plans and submission in the advance of any excavation. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTMC 131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 150 Portland Cement ASTM D 75 Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM 1556 Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone method ASTM D 1557 Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a Modified Effort ASTM D 2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine Aggregate ASTM D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3776 Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric ASTM D 4253 Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Plate ASTM D 4254 Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-1 ASTM D 4632 Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles ASTMD4751 Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile CAL-OSHA Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Standard Specifications 15050, 15061, 15062, 15064, 15065 and Clean Water State Revolving Fund Program Construction Contract Requirements (CCR) and Boilerplate (BP). 1.04 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS Geotechnical Evaluation Buena Vista Lift Station Force Main (VC-4), Carlsbad, California; April 27, 2007; Prepared by Ninyo & Moore. 1.05 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING The Contractor shall provide necessary samples and access to the Work by an independent geotechnical engineering firm or individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions during earthwork, trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction operations. Sampling and testing procedures shall be performed in accordance with the Reference Standards and as follows: A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and compaction operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will subject such operations to rejection. B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the use of the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017. Since the composition of the pipe and the walls of the trench have an effect on the nuclear density gauge output, a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture tests shall be made using the sand cone method. C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. D. Determine the relative density of cohesion less soils by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. E. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75. F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density. TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-2 A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils firm or individual and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filling of the Notice of Completion by the City. The report shall document the sampling and testing of materials, the location and results of all tests performed, and shall certify that materials and work are in compliance with this specification. 1.06 PIPE ZONE The pipe zone includes the full-width of the trench from 6-inches below the bottom of the pipe to 12-inches above the top of the pipe and extends into manhole or vault excavations to the point of connection to or penetration of such structure. 1.07 TRENCH ZONE The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas, or to the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the pipe zone. 1.08 PAVEMENT ZONE The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and aggregate base section placed over the trench zone and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the trench zone. 1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 1.10 PROTECTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area. 1.11 ACCESS The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities within or adjacent to the work areas. TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-3 1.12 SAFETY A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California Labor Code. B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be protected and supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations. C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 1.13 BLASTING Blasting is not permitted. 1.14 PIPE JACKING Pipe jacking may be permitted in accordance with Section 02340. City approval is required in advance of such operations. 1.15 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated material and demolition debris. B. It is the intent of these specifications that all surplus material shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by City, the Contractor shall provide the City with written releases signed by all property owners with whom the Contractor has entered into agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the City from any liability connected therewith. 1.16 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE In the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line and grade. The Contractor shall not deviate from the specified line and grade without prior written approval by the City. 1.17 HYDROSTATIC TESTING TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-4 3 Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractor's convenience at any time. However, the final hydrostatic pressure test, as described in Sections 15062 and 15065, shall be performed following the completion of all backfilling and trench zone compaction with a minimum of 2.5-feet of material over the pipe. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish backfill material as specified below. All materials used in and above the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required relative density. 2.02 IMPORTED SAND - PIPE ZONE Imported sand shall be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of PVC Pressure Pipe, HDPE Pipe, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint-Coated Pipe. A. Imported sand shall be free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious substances and shall have a coefficient of permeability greater than 0.014 measured in accordance with ASTM D2434 or a sand equivalent of greater than 30 per ASTM D2419. B. Resistivity for imported sand shall be not less than 2,000 ohm-cm when maximum chloride concentration of 200 mg/1 when measured in accordance with California Test Method 422 and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500mg/l when measures in accordance with California Test Method 417. C. Imported Sand shall conform to the following gradation: Sieve Size l/2 inch No. 4 No. 16 No. 50 No. 200 Percent Passing by Weight 100 75-100 35-75 10-40 0-10 2.03 CRUSHED ROCK - PIPE ZONE Crushed rock shall not be used as bedding material. 2.04 TRENCH PLUGS BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-5 Trench plugs consisting of compacted Imported Granular Material or sand cement slurry shall be installed on piping systems that are backfilled with crushed rock. 2.05 EARTH BACKFILL MATERIAL - TRENCH ZONE A. Earth backfill is defined as materials removed from the required excavations and used as backfill of earth fill. Earth backfill that meets the requirements specified herein may be used for all backfill or fill, except where imported materials are shown on the Plans or specified herein. Do not use stockpiled topsoil for backfill or fill. B. Earth backfill shall be excavated materials that is free from organic matter, roots, debris, and rocks larger then 4 inches in the greatest dimension. C. Earth backfill used in the trench zone shall be native granular materials free from roots, debris, and organic matter with less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and more than 40 percent passing the No. 4 sieve and rock particles with a maximum dimension no greater than 4 inches. D. Where the onsite materials are determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable, imported fill shall be provide by the Contractor. 2.06 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks, 188 pounds, of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. City approval is required for use of slurry as a backfill material. 2.07 FILTER FABRIC Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene. Material shall be of non-woven construction and shall meet the following requirements: 1. Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 Ibs. minimum for a 1-inch raveled strip 2. Weight (ASTM D 3776): 4.5 oz./yd2) 3. Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751): 0.006-inch PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-6 A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the completed work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein. B. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the trench backfill and shall be removed from the project site or retained and incorporated into the topsoil. 3.02 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed and replaced in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 3.03 DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping, temporary pipelines, or other means, all subject to the approval of the City. The cost of all dewatering activities shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or excavations, nor for disposal of collected or accumulated groundcover, without the approval of the agency of jurisdiction. C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around concrete or mortar until it has set at least four hours. D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water from dewatering operations at the construction site. 3.04 SHORING AND SHIELDING A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-7 B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields, sheeting, and shoring to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. 3.05 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION Over-excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported granular material or crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as directed by the City. 3.06 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material or crushed rock as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. B. When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a point below the intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. C. When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is encountered at the surface upon which the bedding or base material is to be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. Restore the trench with crushed rock enclosed in filter fabric as directed by the Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 3-inches, with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. 3.07 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for 6- inches of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall be as shown on the Standard Drawings. TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-8 B. The maximum length of open trench shall be 500-feet except by permission of the City, City, or County. The distance is the collective length at any location, including open excavation and pipe laying, which has not been backfilled to the elevation of the surrounding gate. C. Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. D. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions. E. Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide a firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe. F. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. G. Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. H. Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. I. Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. 3.08 MANHOLE AND VAULTS A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. The walls of the excavation shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. B. Manholes and vaults shall be placed at the location and elevation shown on the plans, on undisturbed soil with 6-inches of compacted crushed rock base. C. Manhole and vault excavations shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. 3.09 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation by water settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited. TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-9 B. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements, the backfill shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary excavations for density tests shall be made as directed by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the Engineer. The requirements of the Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public roads. C. Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random intervals not to exceed 150-feet, as directed by the Soils Technician or City. D. Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction test made in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Procedure C. E. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, standard drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as follows: 1. Pipe zone - 90% relative compaction. 2. Trench zone - 90% relative compaction. 3. Structural section in paved areas - per agency requirements, 95% minimum. 4. Imported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation stabilization - 90% relative density. F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests. 3.10 TRENCH PLUGS Trench plugs shall be installed at 200-foot intervals along the entire length of piping systems. Trench plugs shall be 10-feet in length and shall encompass the entire pipe zone. Additional trench plugs may be required as directed by the Engineer. 3.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material simultaneously around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe or on the sides of the pipe. Care shall be taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to attain 90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance laterals 2-inches and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the copper lateral. Pipe bedding material should be placed a minimum of 12 inches above the top of the pipe. Additional lifts of 12-inches or less thickness may be required on 16-inch or larger diameter pipe to attain complete support of the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer or backfill. TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING AUGUST 2010 02223-10 B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician, backfill of the remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 12-inch lifts. Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical methods. Sand cone tests shall be taken on this layer of backfill. D. The use of a backhoe mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the pipe zone to 12-inches above the top of the pipe. E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-setting methods (i.e., jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted. 3.12 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the City, backfill in the Trench Zone may proceed. B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and size of equipment necessary to accomplish the work. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly moistened, and compacted to the specified relative density. The Contractor shall repair or replace any pipe, fitting, manhole, or structure damaged by the installation operations as directed by the City. 3.13 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILL AND RESTORATION A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the City, backfill in the Pavement Zone may proceed as necessary in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks removed or damaged during construction in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-11 SECTION 02270 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The work shall consist of control measures as required by local regulations and by the Engineer, specified herein, and identified in the general notes shown on the drawings during the life of the contract to control erosion, sedimentation, and dust. Establish, construct, and maintain erosion and sediment control measures. Siltation control devices shall be installed in the appropriate locations before construction begins. The erosion control structures shall be maintained until temporary ground cover is established to stop all sediment and erosion. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation and control shall be paid by the Contractor responsible for the work. Temporary erosion and pollution control shall include construction work off-site where such work is necessary as a result of borrow pit operations, haul roads or equipment storage sites. Acquire land disturbance permits from the local authority prior to commencing work. The * Contractor shall be responsible for submitting to the local authority sufficient documents ""-"*" such that the local authority can acquire approval from the soils and water conservation authority. Install temporary erosion and sediment controls which will ensure that the stormwater, other water, and drainage from job site areas which will be stripped or modified of its naturally existing or artificially established stabilization or protection against erosion shall pass through some type of filter system before being discharged and that these areas shall be kept sufficiently moist to control dust. 1.02 SLOPE PROTECTION AND EROSION CONTROL Whenever steeper slopes or abrupt changes in grade are required, a diversion or berm ditch shall be constructed at the top of the slope to cause the surface water to flow along the diversion to a controlled down slope. The diversion shall be protected against erosion with mulch and hay bales, and paved inverts where needed. Silt barriers shall be constructed around all inlets and maintained throughout construction. Sediment accumulated behind silt barriers shall be removed when the ponding capacity is reduced by one-half. EROSION, SEDIMENTATION BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AND DUST CONTROL AUGUST 2010 02270-1 1.03 SILTATION FENCES Siltation fences shall be installed in the locations as indicated on the Drawings. Siltation fences shall be installed prior to clearing operations. Siltation fences shall be kept in good repair and maintained throughout construction. Sediment shall be removed when the ponding capacity is reduced by one-half. Siltation fences shall be constructed around all inlets to the stormwater system or as shown on the plans. They shall be repaired and maintained throughout construction. Sediment shall be removed before the ponding capacity is reduced by one-half. 1.04 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall exercise precautionary measures to minimize dust emissions, which will include, but shall not be limited to, periodic sprinkling or wetting of the site. The Contractor has the option of using a dust palliative. The Contractor must comply with all local requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE Silt fence shall be nylon reinforced polyester netting with fabric weight in excess of 4.0 ounces per yard and having a built-in cord running throughout the top edge of the fabric. Silt fence fabric shall be equal to Mirafi 100X, inert to chemicals commonly found in soil, and resistant to mildew, rot, insects, and rodent attack. Posts shall be either steel or 2-inch square pressure treated fir, southern pine or hemlock and shall be spaced not more than 6 feet on center. 2.02 STRAW BALES Straw bales shall consist of clean, undecayed, firmly packed straw of nominal size 14 inches by 18 inches by 36 inches and firmly bound by at least two separate circuits of rope or band material that will withstand weathering for a minimum of three months. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Straw bales shall be installed in a row with ends tightly abutting. Each bale shall be embedded in the soil a minimum of four inches and placed so that the bale bindings are oriented horizontally. Bales shall be securely anchored in place by wood stakes, steel fence pickets, or rebar driven through the bale. Stakes shall be driven flush with the bale and shall extend at least 18 inches beneath the bale into the underlying soil. Accumulated silt and debris shall be removed by the Contractor from behind the face of the silt fence as needed to provide proper silt fence operation. Clogged or damaged fabric shall be immediately replaced at no additional cost. Accumulated silt and debris and damaged or deteriorated bales shall be removed by the Contractor at no additional cost. Temporary construction exits shall be maintained in a condition that will prevent tracking or flow of mud out of the work area or onto public roads. 3.02 PROVISIONS FOR EROSION CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall implement erosion control measures around all areas to be disturbed prior to disturbing ground in the area, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer will periodically inspect erosion control structures to confirm that the Contractor is maintaining these features. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions during construction to eliminate run-off of polluting substances such as silt, clay, wastes, fuels, oils, and bitumen into water supplies and surface waters. Special precautions shall be taken in the use of construction equipment to conduct operations in a manner that reduces erosion. The temporary drainage ditches, silt fences, and other erosion and sediment control features shall be maintained at locations identified by the Engineer. Disposal of drainage from the site shall be at a location approved by the Engineer. Drainage shall not be disposed of until silt and other sedimentary materials have been removed. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the discharge of unsuitable drainage to a water supply or surface water body. EROSION, SEDIMENTATION BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AND DUST CONTROL AUGUST 2010 02270-3 As a minimum, the following shall apply: Staked bales of straw or approved silt fencing shall be provided at points where drainage from the work site leaves the site, to reduce the sediment content of the water. Sufficient bales of straw or silt fence shall be provided such that all flow will filter through the straw or silt fence. Other methods, which reduce the sediment content to an equal or greater degree, may be used as approved by the Engineer. Drainage leaving the site shall flow to water courses in a manner that controls erosion. ** END OF SECTION ** EROSION, SEDIMENTATION BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AND DUST CONTROL AUGUST 2010 02270-4 SECTION 02315 SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Rehabilitation of pipe by the cured-in-place (CIPP) method. B. System Description: Rehabilitate existing pipes by inserting a resin-impregnated flexible tube through the host pipe, inflating it to the inside diameter of the host pipe using low- head hydrostatic pressure, and curing the tube using heated water. C. This section provides general guidelines. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the Contractor from completing the CIPP pipe rehabilitation in the most feasible, efficient, highest quality, and safe manner, using required materials to the lines and grades of the sewers to be rehabilitated and to the requirements of this specification. D. Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment and apparatus not specifically mentioned herewith or noted on the Plans, but which are incidental and necessary to complete the specified work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. o Reference Title ASTM D2990 ASTM D543 ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D883 ASTM D1600 Test Method for Tensile, Compressive and Flexural Creep and Creep- Rupture of Plastics Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials Definitions and Terms Relating to Plastics Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Codes for Terms Relating to Plastics SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-1 Reference ASTMF412 ASTMF1216 ASTM 1743 . Title Definitions of Terms Relating to Plastic Piping Systems Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Inversion and Curing of a Resin Impregnated Tube Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Pulled in Place Installation of Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe B. CIPP LINER SAMPLES: 1. SAMPLE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall prepare samples of the installed CIPP liner for subsequent testing of its physical properties. Samples shall be prepared and tested using the flat plate sampling method in accordance with the procedures in Section 8.1 of ASTM F1216 or ASTM F1743. The samples will be constructed of the same materials (tube and resin/catalyst) as is used for that given liner installation. The flat plate sample shall be large enough to provide five sample specimens each for Short Term Flexural (Bending) properties and Tensile properties, as per ASTM D790 and ASTM D638 respectively. The sample will be clamped in a mold and placed in the downtube during the curing period of the CIPP tube. The samples shall be removed after all the water is removed from the cured pipe tube. The samples shall be identified by: Date, Project Name, Size, Thickness, Resin and Catalyst. Contractor shall split the liner samples with the construction manager who will keep one sample for future reference. 2. SAMPLE TESTING. The cured sample shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory, as recommended by the CIPP liner manufacturer and approved by the Engineer, for the bending and tensile properties, as per ASTM D790 and ASTM D638 respectively. Chain of custody documentation shall be required for the samples tracing their movement from the field to the testing lab. Final payment will not be made until test results are received. The Contractor shall be responsible for any deviation from the specified physical properties and those evaluated through testing. Failure to meet the specified physical properties will result in the CIPP liner being considered defective work which will be handled in accordance with the Contract. . The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the testing of the liner physical properties. 3. SAMPLING FREQUENCY: The above-stated sampling shall be performed for each separate installation of CIPP. For example: the Contractor shall provide two flat plate samples from each individual pipeline liner installed. 4. WALL THICKNESS: The wall thickness of the felt tube shall be ordered to the next standard 1.5 mm incremental thickness above the minimum calculated design thickness. Unless otherwise specified to provide for excess resin migration, the gap thickness of the wetting out equipment shall be sized to allow an excess of 5 to 10 percent resin to pass during impregnation. The minimum wall thickness shall be determined at a minimum of three locations on a cut section of the CIPP flat plate SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-2 sample using a method of measurement accurate to the nearest 0.005 inch. The minimum value shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 1216, Appendix XI for fully detriorated pipe. C. CIPP LINER HANDLING: Contractor shall exercise adequate care during transportation, handling and installation to ensure the CIPP material is not torn, cut, or otherwise damaged. If any part or parts of the CIPP material becomes torn, cut or otherwise damaged before or during insertion, it shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and approval by the Engineer before proceeding further; and at the Contractor's expense. D. CIPP LINER LABELING Each liner tube shall be labeled by the liner manufacturer with the location of the liner manufacturer, the name of the project, the liner thickness, the liner diameter, the liner length, and the location where it is to be installed. E. WARRANTY: The Contractor shall warrant the completed work against defect in workmanship and material for a period of one year. The Engineer, while not acting as quality control agent for the Contractor, shall be allowed to view and document any portion of this contract, including but not limited to verifying type and quantities of resin used at any point during this work. Testing for chemical resistance shall be performed on a previously prepared sample of the finished product, proposed for this project. A certified affidavit, signed by an officer of the company, shall be provided stating that the resin the tests apply to and the resin submitted for this project are the same. Finished and cured CIPP liner properties specified in Part 2 shall be tested as specified. Previous test data will not be acceptable. F. MANUFACTURER EXPERIENCE The manufacturer of the CIPP lining shall have a minimum of 100,000 linear feet of CIPP installed in the United States or Canada. G. CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE The lining Contractor and/or the subcontractor, who will perform the actual CIPP work, must have previous successful experience in installation of the CIPP in sewers owned by public agencies or municipalities. The required experience shall include the following: 1. Contractor performing the lining of the sewer shall be licensed by one of the approved CIPP liner manufacturers. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-3 2. The licensed Contractor, or installation subcontractor, shall have experience in CIPP lining of circular sewers and similar sizes as this project. The Contractor shall submit a list of at least 5 projects totaling a minimum of 10,000 feet of CIPP liner that the Contractor has installed in sewers in the last 5 years in the United States or Canada. The Contractor experience shall also include at least two successful on site (over the hole) wet out CIPP installations involving a minimum of 1,000 feet of CIPP liner in pipe with inside dimension from the invert to the crown of the pipe 24-inch or greater. The experience must include at least one installation of a CIPP liner 24-inch or larger in height for continuous length of 500 LF involving on site (over the hole) wet out. The information submitted shall include pipe dimensions, length of installation, size of flow control required to perform the Work, name and telephone number of the pipe Owner and date of installation. The stated experience requirements for licensed Contractor or installation subcontractor have to be projects which used approved liner manufacturers. All reference experience shall be for the projects completed within the United States and Canada and shall have used the same CIPP liner and resin combination proposed for the project. 3. The information shall include the superintendent resume of projects. Each reference project shall include the Owner name, telephone number and contact person, date of installation, pipe size, pipe length, and flow control requirements. The Contractor shall submit the name(s) and qualifications for each scheduled superintendent for the project. It is required that the superintendents named are the superintendents assigned to the project and on site during construction. The Contractor is required to have at least one qualified superintendent on site at all times during construction activities. The qualified superintendent must have a minimum of three years of CIPP lining supervisory field experience on projects totaling a minimum of 5,000 LF of CIPP liner installations with the product bid in the United States or Canada. In addition, the superintendent's experience must meet the following requirements: a. A minimum of 1,000 LF of successful CIPP liner installation on sewers 24-inch and larger. b. A minimum of two successfully completed on-site (over the hole) wet out CIPP liner installations totaling a minimum of 2,000 LF in the United States or Canada. At least one of the installations must involve at least 500 LF of 24-inch or larger CIPP liner installed in one continuous operation. All referenced experience shall be for projects completed within the United States or Canada and shall have used the same CIPP liner and resin combination proposed for this project. References will be checked. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 . 02315-4 4. Installation Crew: At least one person other than the superintendent from the CIPP installation crew shall have a minimum of one year of CIPP experience totaling at least 2,000 LF of installed liner. The crew members experience must include a minimum of 1,000 LF of on site (over the hole) wet out installation on sewers 24-inch or larger. The crew member with listed qualifications must be on the project site during all installation activities. 5. Boiler Technician: Contractor shall provide the name of, and information on, the boiler technician who will perform the actual WORK. The boiler technician must have a minimum of two (2) projects totaling at least 1,000 LF of CIPP lining in which a similar position was held. 6. Lateral Cutter Technician: Contractor shall provide the name of, and information on, the technician who will perform the actual Work. The lateral cutter technician must have a minimum of two (2) projects totaling at least 1,000 LF of CIPP lining in which a similar position was held. 7. The final decision to accept or reject the product, manufacturer, and/or installer lies solely with the City of Carlsbad or their designated representative. The named Manufacturer, Field Superintendent, CIPP Installer, Lateral Cutter, and Boiler Technician must be employed to perform the Work, unless changes are specifically authorized by the City of Carlsbad. H. LINER SAMPLING: 1. SAMPLE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall prepare samples of the installed CIPP liner for subsequent testing of its physical properties. Samples shall be prepared and tested using the flat plate sampling method in accordance with the procedures in Section 8.1 of ASTM F1216. The sample will be constructed of the same materials (tube and resin/catalyst) as is used for that given liner installation. The flat plate sample shall be large enough to provide five sample specimens each for Short Term Flexural (Bending) properties as per ASTM D790 and ASTM D638 respectively. The sample will be clamped in a mold and placed in the down-tube during the curing period of the CIPP tube. The samples shall be removed after all the water is removed from the cured pipe tube. The samples shall be identified by: Date, Project Name, Size, Thickness, Resin and Catalyst. 2. SAMPLE TESTING: The cured sample shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory, as recommended by the CIPP liner manufacturer and approved by the Engineer, for the bending properties, as per ASTM D790 and ASTM D638 respectively. The Contractor shall provide liner test results for long-term properties in accordance with ASTM D2990. Final payment will not be made until test results are received. The Contractor shall be responsible for any deviation from the specified physical properties and those evaluated through testing. Failure to meet the specified physical properties will result in the CIPP liner being considered defective Work. Contractor shall correct all defective Work to the satisfaction of Engineer at no SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-5 additional cost to the Contract Amount or the City of Carlsbad. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the testing of the liner physical properties 3. SAMPLING FREQUENCY: The above-stated sampling shall be performed for each separate installation of CIPP. Example: one flat plate sample from each individual pipeline liner installed. 4. WALL THICKNESS: The wall thickness of the felt tube shall be ordered to the next standard 1.5 mm incremental thickness above the minimum calculated design thickness. Unless otherwise specified to provide for excess resin migration, the gap thickness of the wetting out equipment shall be sized to allow an excess of 5 to 10 percent resin to pass during impregnation. The minimum wall thickness shall be determined at a minimum of three locations on a cut section of the CIPP lining using a method of measurement accurate to the nearest 0.005 inch. I. LINER HANDLING: Contractor shall exercise adequate care during transportation, handling and installation to ensure liner material is not torn, cut, exposed to direct sunlight, or otherwise damaged. If any part or parts of the liner material becomes torn, cut or otherwise damaged before or during insertion, it shall be repaired or replaced before proceeding further and at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall install liner at acceptable temperatures per the manufactures so to ensure no reaction to the liner during installation. Any damage to the liner shall be the Contractor's responsibility and the City of Carlsbad shall not accrue .any additional cost. J. WARRANTY: All materials supplied under this section shall be warranted for a period of 3-years by the manufacturer and the Contractor. Warranty period shall commence upon formal acceptance of the project by the Engineer. The materials shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials. If the materials should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced or restored to service at no expense to the City of Carlsbad. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor's warranty period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed. K. FINISHED LINER: The finished liner shall be continuous over the entire length of the liner insertion run between the designated manholes and shall be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, and delamination. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-6 L. WRINKLES: Wrinkles in the finished liner pipe which cause a deformity of 1.0 inch or more and do not follow the surface of the cleaned pipe wall parallel to the pipe flow line are unacceptable and shall be removed and repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Wrinkles in the finished liner pipe that reduce the structural stability of the pipe are unacceptable. Any wrinkle shall be free of felt with in the wrinkle. If a void between the wrinkle and the pipe exists, the Contractor shall repair and replace that section of the pipe at the Contractor's expense. Methods of repair shall be proposed by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Prepare and submit in accordance with Section 01300. A. Product Data: 1. Information on CIPP materials, including lining material and resins. B. Construction Details: 1. CIPP Manufacturer's recommended storage procedures, resin application, curing process details and cure schedules (including heat up, hold and cool down cycles and temperature control for each diameter and CIPP thickness). 2. Trimming and finishing at closure sections. 3. Details and methods of closure or termination sections. Documentation describing methods, equipment and materials used to cut the liner for reinstatement, seal the connection between the rehabilitated sewer main and the reinstated point to prevent sewage tracking between the CIPP and the host pipe. 4. Safety systems associated with the proposed heating equipment and boiler management operational safety systems for use with the cure process. C. Calculations: Engineering calculations for the design of the liner thickness for both internal and external loading parameters. Design calculations shall be prepared and approved by a Registered Civil Engineer in the State of California. Liner design calculations shall be supported by field analysis, technical assumptions, requirements of these Specifications and ASTM F1216, Appendix Xl.3.2. The detailed calculations shall provide the input data as well as the actual calculations for ASTM F1216, Appendix XI - equations Xl.l, X1.3, X1.4, X1.7. The design submittal shall clearly identify the physical properties used for the design. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-7 o D. During the curing process, keep logs, charts and/or graphs of the liner temperatures at the specified locations to ensure that proper temperatures and cure times have been achieved. E. Certifications and Testing: 1. Certification from the CIPP manufacturer that the resin/catalyst and tube material, complied with the required application, meets the intended service condition and complies with the physical requirements. 2. Literature and background information on the independent third party testing laboratory proposed for testing the physical properties of the installed pipe. 3. Manufacturer's certification that lining material is manufactured, sampled, tested and inspected in accordance with ASTM F1216. Include the manufacturing date of the lining materials in the certification. 4. Verification of product conformance by third party testing for the chemical resistance and physical testing requirements along with a report of test results. F. For each diameter and thickness to be installed on the project, provide volume of resin required per unit length (gal/foot or liters/meter) to fill the volume of air voids in the tube plus the additional allowance for polymerization shrinkage and to meet the finished liner strength requirements. G. After each impregnation of a tube for an installation, submit a process record that verifies that the resin impregnation yield matches the required quantity for the diameters and thicknesses. H. The CIPP Lining Contractor must have had at least 5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of pressure rated CIPP products in pressure pipe applications, using the installation process specified in this document. Additionally, the CIPP installation contractor shall have successfully installed a minimum of 25,000 linear feet of CIPP liner within pressure pipeline with a minimum diameter of 18-inches. The CIPP installation Contractor shall also have a minimum of 75,000 linear feet of successful wastewater collection system CIPP installations using the installation process specified in this document within pipelines with a diameter greater than 18-inches. In addition, at least 50,000 linear feet of the above wastewater CIPP installations shall have been in successful service within the State of California for a minimum of five years. Acceptable documentation and at least three references which include a current contact for the project Owner supporting the above shall be included as part of the submittal. I. Written notification of any crew changes. Notification shall be a minimum of one week prior to date of actual change. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-8 J. The Contractor shall have at least one qualified superintendent on site at all times during CIPP construction activities. The superintendent shall have a minimum of three years of CIPP lining supervisory experience on projects totaling a minimum of 5,000 lineal feet of CIPP liner installation with a product bid on in either the United States or Canada. In addition, the superintendent must meet the following requirements: 1. A minimum of 1,000 lineal feet of sucessful CIPP liner installation on sewers 12- Inches or larger. 2. A minimum of two sucessfully completed on-site wet out CIPP liner installations totaling a minimum of 2,000 lineal feet in the United States or Canada. At least one of the installations must involve at least 500 lineal feet of 12-Inch or larger Cipp liner installed in one continuous operation. All referenced experience shall be for projects completed within the United States or Canada and shall have used the same CIPP liner and resin combination proposed for this project. References will be verified as part of the submittal. K. Set of drawings showing the location and planned layout of all access points required for installation. L. Plan and procedures to reinstate all tees, air relief valves, blow-off valves, threaded taps, etc. M. Plan and procedures to repair any unanticipated defects in the liner in the field shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials provided and process variables used in the CIPP installation process are the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Materials, installation procedures, and the final product shall equal or exceed the requirements of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F1216 Appendix XI.3.2. 2.02 COMPONENT PROPERTIES A. Liner Tube: 1. Two or more layers of flexible, absorbent non-woven synthetic material combined with glass fiber reinforcement capable of carrying resin, withstanding installation SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-9 pressures and curing temperatures, compatible with the resin system used, and having markings to determine elongated length during liner installation. 2. The outside layer of the tube shall be plastic coated with a translucent flexible material that clearly allows inspection of the resin impregnation (wet-out) procedure. 3. The tube shall have a uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will exceed the minimum required thickness specified in the design submittals. 4. The tube shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layers. The tube shall contain glass fiber reinforcement quantities appropriate for the internal pressure requirements. 5. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of the CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detail examination may be made of the final product with closed circuit television inspection equipment or by man-entry. C. Resin: 1. Compatibility with Application: Liquid thermosetting resin that is compatible with the CIPP rehabilitation process used and designed for a wastewater environment. 2. Type: vinyl ester or epoxy meeting the service conditions specified for the tube system and the applicable sections of ASTM F1216. 3. Enhancers: Use of enhancers will not be allowed. 4. Resin Characteristics: Sufficiently thixotropic to obtain non-draining characteristics when impregnated into the fiber fabric D. Catalyst: Compatible with the resin and other materials to be utilized in the rehabilitation process. Select quantity and type of catalyst based on the curing conditions and recommendations of the resin manufacturer. 2.03 FINISHED AND CURED LINER PROPERTIES A. Design Parameters -. The CIPP liner shall be designed as per ASTM F1216, Appendix Xl.3.2 for fully deteriorated pressure pipe condition. B. The design shall be based on the following pipe conditions, service requirements and physical conditions: 1. Deterioration design parameter: Fully Deteriorated Pressure Pipe. 2. Assume groundwater is at pipe springline SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-10 3. All pipes subject to soil load of 130 Ib/cu.ft. and H-20 live load. 4. Soil depth as shown on Drawings. 5. Ovality of host pipe is 0 percent. 6. Factor of safety (N) is 2. 7. Modulus of passive soil reaction is 1,000 psi. 8. Internal Design Pressure of 60 psi. 9. Normal Internal Operating Temperature (Design) of 60 degrees F. 10. Maximum Internal Temperature of 90 degrees F. 11. Internal Vacuum of negative 0 psi. 12. A minimum service life of 50 years. C. The liner shall be homogeneous throughout, white, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The physical properties of the cured liner shall meet the minimum chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216 and F1743 and shall conform to the minimum structural standards listed in the following table: o Structural Property Wall Thickness Flexural Strength Flexural Mod. of Elasticity (short-term) Tensile Strength ASTM Standard D5813 D790 D790 D638 Minimum Value* Vinyl ester or Epoxy Resin As calculated for Type II (partially deteriorated pipe) 7,000 psi 350,000 psi 6,500 psi * Values are for design conditions at 75 degrees F. D. External Load Design: 1. For the external load design in Appendix X.I of ASTM F1216, the long-term (time- corrected) flexural modulus of elasticity shall be determined by multiplying the design initial flexural modulus of elasticity by a creep retention factor (Ct)- At a minimum, a creep retention factor of 50 percent shall be applied. 2. The external load design shall be based on an enhancement factor (K) of 7.0, a Poisson's (v) ratio of 0.3. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD 02315-11 E. Internal Pressure Design: For the internal pressure design in Appendix X.I of ASTM F1216, the design shall be based on factor of safety of 2.0 and a long-term tensile strength (or tensile load capacity per layer) equal to 1/3 of the design initial tensile. F. The design physical properties shall be adjusted, as necessary, to account for the Normal Internal Operating Temperature as specified. G. Liner Tube Sizing: 1. Outside diameter of the liner tube being inserted shall be properly sized to allow for expansion so that the CIPP liner can fit tightly against the host pipe. 2. Shall be properly sized to the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends and curves with the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated liner installation run between access points, unless otherwise specified. 3. Contractor shall verify the lengths of the pipelines to be rehabilitated in the field prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. 4. Contractor shall measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition. 2.04 LINER END SEALS A. Liner end or termination seals shall be WEKO-SEAL as manufactured by Miller Pipeline Corp. or HydraTite as manufactured by HydraTech Engineered Products. Seals shall be a minimum width of 14-inches and shall be sized for the specific application. The seals shall span the joint at all liner terminations and shall form an airtight seal and be equipped with a test valve to check the seal provided. The seal shall be made of EPDM polymer and be manufactured in conformance with ASTM D3900 and D3568. Retaining bands shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel and shall be rolled to the radius of the pipe being repaired. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LINER PIPE STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Liner pipes shall be properly stored and handled to prevent damage in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Engineer. B. Damage includes, but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, or ultra-violet (UV) degradation. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-12 C. All damaged materials and pipe rejected by the Engineer shall be promptly removed from the project site at no additional cost to the City and disposed of in accordance with current applicable regulations. 3.02 PREPARATORY WORK A. Provide temporary sewage flow control of the sanitary sewer force main in accordance with Section 02145. B. Thoroughly clean the host pipe in accordance with Section 02060. C. Diameter and Length Verification: Verify internal diameter and length of existing sewer pipe prior to sizing and ordering liner. D. Preliminary CCTV Inspection of Sewer Lines: Perform internal CCTV inspection after cleaning of the sewer lines to document the condition of the host pipe, and verify the lines were cleaned in accordance with Section 02060 and the liner manufacturer's requirements. E. Spot Repairs: Determine if spot repairs are required prior to proper installation of liner as required by lining manufacturer. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove all debris and to identify unseen obstructions such as, but not limited to, protruding . connections, reducers, line valves that will prevent proper installation. The Contractor shall remove such obstructions at no additional cost to the City. Written notification shall be provided to the Engineer a minimum of three days prior to all repairs that require excavation. The Engineer will provide written approval prior to all work that requires excavation. 3.03 WET-OUT PROCEDURE A. Contractor shall utilize the resin and catalyst in sufficient quantities to ensure complete impregnation of the liner and provide the properties specified in this Specification. B. The fiber-felt liner tube shall be fully impregnated with resin by vacuum or other means prior to installation. The resin and catalyst systems that are compatible with the requirements of the method shall be used. The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowance for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. C. If resin impregnation/wet-out is to take place off-site, provide the City of Carlsbad with 48 hours notice for each scheduled wet-out. The City reserves the right to check, verify, or inspect all phases of production and testing of materials, from manufacturing, shipping, wet-out, installation, and cure, to finished product. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-13 3.04 FINAL CLEANING AND INSPECTIONS A. The existing host pipe shall be cleaned again just prior to insertion of the liner. B. A maximum of one hour may elapse between this final cleaning pass and the insertion of the liner. C. After the cleaning is complete, a final camera pass shall be made to verify the cleanliness of the line. D. Bypass pumping shall be in accordance with Section 02145 and shall prevent any sewage or other flow from entering the line during the inspection. E. Pipe invert shall be cleared of any standing water and continuously visible during the inspection. F. Prior to insertion of the liner, the sewer main must be accepted as 'clean' as defined in Section 02060 by the Engineer. G. This final inspection shall be videotaped and recorded and the Engineer must be present in the TV truck during the inspection to verify the cleanliness of the line. 3.05 LINER INSTALLATION A. Install the liner tube through the existing manholes or approved access point in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and procedures. Protect manholes to withstand forces generated by equipment, water pressures used while installing the liner tube. B. Transport the impregnated liner tube to the site and store in such a manner that it will not be damaged, exposed to heat and/or direct sunlight, or result in any public safety hazard. Materials shall be subject to inspection and review prior to installation. The impregnated liner tube must be installed prior to exceeding the resin pot life. C. The installed pipe liner shall be in strict accordance with the liner manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The liner shall be inserted through an existing manhole or other access approved by the Engineer, by means of the installation process and the application of hydrostatic head or other means sufficient to fully expand and extend the liner to the next designated manhole or termination point. The liner shall be installed at a rate not to exceed that needed to remove water from the sewer during installation process. D. Before the installation begins, the Contractor shall determine the minimum pressure required to hold the tube tight against the existing pipeline, and the maximum allowable pressure so as not to damage the tube. Once the installation has started, the pressure shall be maintained between the minimum and maximum pressures until the installation has SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-14 been completed. Tube installation forces or pressures shall be limited so as not to stretch the tube longitudinally by more than 5% of the original length. E. If the use of a lubricant during inversion is needed to reduce friction, The Contractor shall submit a lubrication plan to the Engineer, in writing for approval. If lubrication is allowed, the Constrictor shall follow the requirements of ASTM F1216. F. Contractor shall abide by all requirements specified in Section 02060 for requirements for water acquisition. 3.06 CURING A. The Contractor shall abide by all discharge requirements as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and as required to meet the pollutant limits. B. Heating Source and Distribution Equipment: 1. After liner placement is completed. 2. A suitable heat source and distribution equipment shall be provided to distribute or recirculate hot water throughout the pipe. 3. The equipment shall be capable of delivering hot water throughout the section to uniformly raise the temperature above the temperature required to cure the resin. 4. This temperature shall be determined by the manufacturer based upon the resin/catalyst system employed. 5. The curing of the CIPP must take into account the existing pipe material, the resin system, and ground conditions (temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of the soil). 6. The heat source piping shall be fitted with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming and outgoing water, steam, or air supply. 7. Another such gauge shall be placed between the impregnated tube and the pipe invert at a minimum of five feet from the termination to determine the temperature during cure. 8. Water temperature during the cure period shall meet the requirements of the resin manufacturer as measured at the heat source inflow and outflow return lines. 9. Provide standby equipment to maintain supply of the heat source. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-15 10. Pipelines that connect the liner to the host source shall be leak-free and no cure water is allowed to spill to ground surface. Contractor shall take full responsibility for all required actions to prevent, contain and remediate and pay all costs including fees and fines for any spilled or leaked cure water at no additional cost to the City. C. Cure Period 1. Shall be of duration recommended by the resin manufacturer during which time the recirculation of the water to maintain the temperature continuously takes place. 2. The initiation temperature for cure shall be as recommended by the resin manufacturer. 3. Temperature monitoring devices shall be installed at all exposed portions of the pipe (beginning and end of run) for each inversion or run of installed liner pipe between the host pipe and the CIPP liner. 3.07 COOL DOWN A. After the tube is cured, allow a cool-down period prior to opening the downstream plug and returning normal flow back into the system. B. The CIPP shall be cooled to a temperature below 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or to a temperature as required by the City or as specified on the discharge permit before relieving the head in the inversion pipe. C. Cool-down may be accomplished by the introduction of cool water into the CIPP. Care shall be taken in the release of the static head so that a vacuum will not develop that could damage the newly installed liner. D. The cure water incoming temperature during cool-down shall not decrease at a rate greater than 20 degrees Fahrenheit per hour. E. Abide by all requirements of all discharge permits (reference Section 7-5 of the Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions) for discharging any water into the sewer, especially water discharged from the curing and cool-down process. The Contractor shall provide filtering of all curing and cool-down water to remove all styrene from discharge prior to releasing water to sewer system. The discharge permit may also require filtering to remove other substances that may affect the Encina Water Pollution Control Facility (Encina Wastewater Authority) operations. All required treatment of discharge water to the sewer shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be provided at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad or the Encina Wastewater Authority. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-16 3.08 INTERNAL END SEALS AND REINSTATEMENTS A. The Contractor shall install end seals at each of the CIPP beginning and termination points. B. The end seals shall be a mechanical, expansion type, constructed of Type 316 stainless steel retaining bands and elastomeric rubber (EPDM polymer) seals. The end seals shall be rated by the manufacturer for the operating pressure and shall be compatible with the piped fluid. The existing pipeline at the end seal installation points shall be structurally sound and free of any significant pitting or heavy corrosion. This is required to ensure an adequate seal between the CIPP and the existing pipeline. Otherwise, replacement with a new spool piece at these ends may be required. C. All reinstatements of tees, air relief valves, blow-off valves, threaded taps, etc., shall be completed following the procedures identified in the approved procedure as submitted. 3.09 SAMPLING AND LABORATORY TESTING A. The physical properties of the installed CIPP: 1 . Shall be verified through field sampling and laboratory testing. 2. Materials testing shall be performed at the Contractor's expense and by an independent third party laboratory recommended by the manufacturer and pre- approved by the City of Carlsbad. 3. Testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM test methods to confirm compliance with the requirements for minimum wall thickness, flexural strength, and short-term flexural modulus of elasticity specified in Section 2.03. B. Testing short term properties of the CIPP liner material from the actual installed liner: 1 . Certified results 2. Tests shall be conducted at a minimum per each 1,000 linear feet of installed liner per each alignment (there is only one diameter in each alignment) 3. At a downstream access point. 4. Sample: a. Fabricated from material taken from the tube in accordance with ASTM F 1216 for pipe 1 8-Inches and larger. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-17 b. The CIPP samples shall be large enough to provide a minimum of three specimens and a recommended five specimens for flexural testing and tensile testing. c. The CIPP samples shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D790 and D638 to confirm that the required physical properties specified in the design submittal of the proposed product, and the minimums in Section 2.03, have been achieved. C. If required by the Engineer, remove a sample from each pipe to be used to check the liner thickness, by core drilling 2-inch diameter test plugs at locations specified by the Engineer. D. The laboratory results shall identify the test sample location as referenced to the nearest station. Final payment for the project shall be withheld pending receipt and approval of the test results. If properties tested do not meet minimum requirements, the CIPP shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the City. 3.10 FINISHED PIPE LINER A. Finished Liner: 1. Shall be inner polyethylene layer and an outer polyester felt layer impregnated with a thermosetting resin to fit tightly against the existing inside pipe wall. 2. Shall be fabricated from materials that, when cured, shall be chemically resistant to withstand internal exposure to sewage liquids and gases as specified in Section 3.11. 3. Shall be continuous over the length of pipe reconstructed. 4. Shall be free from dry spots, delamination, and lifts, remove and replace the CIPP if these conditions are present. Contractor shall remove and replace the CIPP full circumference, the limit as directed by Engineer, if these conditions are present. B. Interior Surface: 1. Smooth interior surface that is considered wrinkle free. 2. No circumferential wrinkles, wrinkles greater than one-quarter inch in height, wrinkles which cause a backwater, or wrinkles pointing against flow direction shall be allowed. 3. If wrinkles are detected in the installed liner, the Contractor shall provide photographs and dimensions of the wrinkle including height and direction. 4. The Engineer will determine on a case by case basis if replacement or repair of CIPP liner is required. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-18 3.11 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE A. The CIPP system proposed shall meet the minimum chemical resistance requirements listed below. Samples used for testing shall be of the same resin system and tube materials as that proposed for the project. It is required that CIPP samples without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. B. Chemical resistance tests shall be completed in accordance with ASTM Test Method D 543 with the chemical solutions shown in the following table: Minimum Chemical Resistance Requirements Chemical Solution Concentration. % Tap water (pH 6-9) 100 Nitric acid 5 Phosphoric acid 10 Sulfuric acid 10 Gasoline 100 Vegetable oil 100 Detergent 0.1 Soap 0.1 C. Exposure shall be for a minimum of one month at 73.4 degree Fahrenheit. During this period, the CIPP test specimens shall lose no more than 20 percent of their initial flexural strength and initial flexural modulus of elasticity. D. For applications more stringent than standard domestic sewage, it is recommended that chemical resistance tests be conducted with actual samples of the fluid flowing in the pipe. These tests can also be accomplished by securing CIPP test specimens in the flow stream. 3.12 PRESSURE TESTING FOR WATER-TIGHTNESS A. This section provides procedures for pressure testing for water-tightness of CIPP used in the renovation of pressure pipelines. Pressure testing for water-tightness shall be provided on all CIPP installations or as directed by the Engineer in writing. B. Test Procedure: 1. The CIPP shall be cooled down to the original ambient ground temperature, which existed before CIPP installation, prior to proceeding with the pressure test. 2. The test section shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 1-1/2 times the liner design pressure. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-19 o 3. The pressure test shall be conducted after placement of all appurtenances such as end seals, reinstatements of side connections, corporation stops, etc. To avoid the testing of other associated piping, the side connections, corporation stops, etc. shall be capped or otherwise isolated. When sections of rehabilitated piping are reconnected with new spool pieces, ensure that all flange connections are watertight during the pressure test. Note: The emphasis is that only renovated piping (and its appurtenances) shall be tested. Otherwise, leakage in other side piping could contribute to a leakage rate measured for the CIPP. 4. The pipe section to be tested shall be isolated with blind flanges or other appropriate method rated for the required test pressure. Means for temperature measurement, air relief and filling the test section with water shall be provided. The line tested shall be configured such that leakage from the ends and branch lines can be visually monitored. 5. The ends, termination points, elbows, etc. that are removed shall be properly braced, blocked and supported for the duration of the test. The test pressure shall not exceed the safe pressure on such fittings. 6. The test shall be for a minimum of one hour in duration. 7. The test section shall be filled slowly from any available water source. All air shall be expelled from the pipeline during filling. This is a very critical step of the process since trapped air will compress during pressurization giving erroneous leakage measurements. When filling the pipeline with water, all air release valves and the high elevation end of the pipeline shall be opened until a free flow of water is visible, to release all air from the pipeline to be tested. Ensure the rate of filling does not significantly pressurize the pipeline prematurely. 8. If the above technique for expelling air is not sufficient, another approach may be more effective. One alternative is to push a pig through the line with the fill water behind it. This is done after each end of the test section is sealed off so the pig remains in the pipe during the pressure test. When the pipe is full and the pig reaches the far end of the test section, the air in front of the pig is bled off through a relief valve in the blind flange or pressure plug at the termination end. 9. Once the CIPP is filled, the specified test pressure, based on the elevation of the lowest point of the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the City. The test pressure shall be applied in steps, in 10 psi intervals, until the test pressure is reached. The pressure shall be held at the intermediate step(s) for a minimum of 5 minutes. 10. A minimum stabilization period of 2 to 3 hours (or more) is recommended, but not required, before starting the pressure test. During this time, the test pressure shall be maintained within close proximity of the required test pressure. During this SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-20 stabilization period, CIPP expansion, trapped air in the pipe, fluctuation of the mean water temperature, etc., may cause erroneous readings if the pressure test is run during this period. Therefore, the required stabilization period may be considerably longer than expected for some installations. Decreasing make-up water during the stabilization period should indicate that at least one of these effects is present and is gradually being counteracted. 11. Bleed off any air at the ends of the test section prior to beginning the test. As stated previously, the pressure test shall be for a duration of one hour after the stabilization period is completed. Begin the test at the required test pressure. After the one-hour test, the amount of make-up water needed to return to the required pressure shall be quantified. 12. Test water shall be released in a manner approved by the Engineer and shall meet all requirements as specified in the discharge permit. C. Acceptance 1. The test shall require that the quantified make-up water (from paragraph 3.12-B.ll above) for the one hour test shall not exceed 20 gallons per inch-diameter, per mile of pipe, per 24 hour day (20 GIDMD). The quantified make-up water for the one-hour test shall be extrapolated to the 24-hour rate for comparison purposes. Any visible leakage at termination points shall be eliminated. If not feasible or possible at the time of the test, the termination point leakage shall be kept to a minimum, collected and then deducted from the actual make-up water rate. If the loss at test pressure exceeds the allowable, the Contractor shall endeavor to identify the source of the loss and minimize it in a manner acceptable to the City. Trapped air can significantly affect internal pressure and may require extensive continued testing until stabilization occurs. The pressure test for water-tightness shall be deemed acceptable if that actually measured during the one-hour test (which has been extrapolated to a 24-hour day rate) is equal to or less than the allowable make-up water rate of 20 GIDMD. 2. If the lined pipe does not meet the requirements of the exfiltration test, repair or replace the lined segment as required by the Engineer and retest the lined pipe segment so that it meets the requirements at no additional cost to the City. 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall clean and perform a closed-circuit television inspection after installation of the CIPP liner. SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-21 3.14 INSPECTION MANHOLE SECTIONS FOR LINER INSTALLATION A. Reinstatement of rehabilitated pipeline and installation of end sections and spool sections shall be as required in the Drawings. B. The completed pipeline shall be water tight or will be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. ** END OF SECTION** SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION USING BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) METHOD AUGUST 2010 02315-22 SECTION 02340 BORING-AND-JACKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The work specified in this section includes requirements for furnishing and installing steel casing pipe using horizontal boring-and-jacking methods, complete and in place. Carrier pipe installation within the steel casing shall be in accordance with the requirements contained in this section. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the specified line and grade and for preventing settlement or heave of the overlying roadways, improvements and all other damage due to the boring-and-jacking operations. 1.02 REFERENCES A. COMMERCIAL STANDARDS: ASTM A283 ANSI/AWSD1.1 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars Structural Welding Code 1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit the following shop drawings in accordance with the requirements Sections 01300 and the following supplemental requirements as applicable: 1. Documentation of qualifications and experience of boring-and-jacking subcontractor including the name and telephone number of references for three projects. Provide name of site safety representative and person responsible for gas testing and evidence of CAL/OSHA certification for each, respectively. 2. Description of methods, procedures, and equipment to be used to install the casing. Provide description of methods used for providing temporary ventilation and for checking line-and-grade of the casing. Indicate the location of muck disposal sites that will be utilized. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-1 3. Casing installation schedules which address excavation, casing and carrier pipe installation, and backfill operations. 4. Material list and casing details including diameter, thickness, and class of steel. Provide fabrication drawings from casing supplier. Include manufacturer's information regarding locking rib press fit connections, if used. 5. Detailed locations and sizes of all jacking and receiving pits. 6. Groundwater control methods, drawings, details, calculations, and supporting information. 7. Procedures and methods to be used to install the carrier pipe including blocking details and spacing of blocking points. 8. Grouting equipment, procedures, and proposed mixes for grouting the annular space between the casing and the carrier pipe. 9. Calculations for the anticipated jacking loads and details for the thrust block. An appropriate safety factor for design of the thrust block shall be used. B. CERTIFICATIONS: The Contractor shall furnish a certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe and other products or materials furnished under this section and the following supplemental requirements: 1. Physical and chemical properties of all steel. All expenses incurred in making samples for certification of tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GENERAL: All boring-and-jacking operations shall be performed by a qualified contractor with at least 5 years experience involving work of a similar nature. Notify the Engineer a minimum of 3 days in advance of the start of boring operations. Perform all work in the presence of the Engineer, unless the Engineer has granted prior approval to perform such work when absent. B. WELDING REQUIREMENTS: All welding procedures used to fabricate steel casings shall be prequalified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS DLL Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-2 limited to, longitudinal and girth or special welds for pipe cylinders, casing joint welds, reinforcing plates, and grout coupling connections. All welding shall be performed by qualified welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had prior experience with the type of material to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS Dl.l by an independent local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the casing or pipeline. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the work shall be used in qualification tests. The Contractor shall bear the full expense of qualifying welders. C. TOLERANCES: The following tolerances apply to the installation of the casing and the carrier pipe: 1. Horizontal line tolerance: 12 inches 2. Vertical grade tolerance: 6 inches 1.05 SAFETY Perform work in conformance with all applicable federal, state and local safety requirements. The Contractor shall contact OSHA Mining and Tunneling Unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Steel casings shall be welded steel pipe no less than the minimum diameter and thickness as specified herein. The Contractor may select a greater casing diameter or thickness for the method of work, loadings involved, and site conditions, at no additional cost to the City subject to the review and additional requirements of the Engineer. Such increases of the casing diameter shall not interfere with existing utilities. An approved alternative to field welding casing sections is an integral pressfit connection designed for the purpose. Annular spaces between the carrier pipe and the casing shall be filled with CLSM or grout. 2.02 MATERIALS A. STEEL CASING: The steel casing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM A139, Grade B, unless shown otherwise. The wall thickness shall be 3/4 inch thick. Any heavier thickness of casing BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-3 required to withstand jacking pressure shall be determined and furnished by the Contractor at their expense. Each end of the steel casing shall be factory beveled to accommodate field welding. The exterior of the steel casing shall be coated with a liquid epoxy as specified in AWWA C210 with the following exceptions: 1. No coal tar products shall be incorporated in the liquid epoxy. 2. The curing agent may be an amidoamine as well as the other curing agents listed in AWWA C210. The coating shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 16 mils in not less than two coats. Casings 36 inches and larger in diameter shall have at least one grout coupling at the spacing and orientation shown on the drawings for contact grouting the annular void outside the casing due to overcutting. B. PRESSFIT CONNECTORS: An approved alternative to field welding casing sections is an integral pressfit connection designed for the purpose. Pressfit connector system shall have grooved locking ribs and utilize a watertight silicon sealant. Connectors shall not protrude inside or outside of the pipe wall. Connectors shall be Permalok as manufactured by Permalok Corporation, or equal. C. GROUT: Grout shall conform to the requirements of Section 03600. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Boring and jacking shall not begin until the following conditions have been met: 1. Required submittals have been made and the Engineer has reviewed and accepted all submittals. 2. Required preconstruction surveys have been completed including installation of the settlement monitoring points and their initial survey. 3. Shaft excavation and support has been completed in accordance with the specifications and applicable safety rules. 4. Groundwater control for breaking out of jacking pit has been established. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-4 5. A prejob safety conference has been conducted in accordance with CAL/OSHA requirements. Arrange this conference and inform the Engineer of the time and place of the conference at least 7 days in advance. 6. Site safety representative shall prepare a code of safe practices and an emergency plan in accordance with CAL/OSHA requirements. Provide the Engineer with a copy of each prior to starting tunnel excavation. Hold safely meetings and provide safety instruction for new employees as required by CAL/OSHA. Bore-and-jack excavations shall be between the limits indicated on the drawings to the specified lines and grades, and utilizing methods which include due regard for safety of workmen, adjacent structures and improvements, utilities, and the public. Jacking and receiving pits shall be located as identified on the drawings, unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. All work shall conform to the requirements of CAL/OSHA, OSHA, and the General Conditions. Gas testing shall be performed by a certified gas tester in accordance with CAL/OSHA requirements. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water, and utilities for excavation, pipe jacking, bentonite mixing and pumping, removal and disposal of spoil, grouting, and other associated work consistent with the Contractor's methods of construction. Jacking equipment and methods shall be compatible with the anticipated geologic conditions identified in the geotechnical report. Provide a suitable jacking frame and thrust block to carry out the work. No gasoline-powered equipment shall be permitted in jacking and receiving pits. Diesel-, electrical-, and air-powered equipment will be acceptable, subject to applicable local, state, and federal regulations. Conduct all operations such that trucks and other vehicles do not create a dust nuisance in the streets and adjacent properties. Promptly remove and dispose of any muck spillage. All work shall be done so as not to disturb roadways, adjacent structures, landscaped areas, or utilities. Any damage shall be immediately repaired to the satisfaction of the agency or utility having jurisdiction, at no additional cost to the City. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STEEL CASING A. JACKING HEAD: A steel jacking head shall be fitted to the lead section of the casing in such a manner that it extends around the entire outer surface of the steel casing and projects at least 18 inches BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-5 beyond the leading end of the casing. The jacking head shall not be more than 1/2 inch greater in diameter than the outside diameter of the casing surface (i.e., 1/4-inch radial overcut). The head shall be securely anchored to prevent any wobble or alignment variation during the boring or jacking operations. B. JACKING AND RECEIVING PITS: Shoring systems for excavations for the boring-and-jacking operations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 02350. Heavy guide timber, structural steel, or concrete cradles of sufficient length shall be provided to assure accurate control of the boring alignment. Provide adequate space within the excavation to permit the insertion of the lengths of casing to be installed. Anchor or brace timbers and structural steel sections to maintain orientation of the jacks in line with the axis of the casing. A thrust block, consisting of a timber, concrete, or structural steel framework, shall be constructed between the jacks and the end of the casing to provide uniform end bearing over the perimeter of the casing and to distribute the jacking pressure evenly. C. CONTROL OF LINE AND GRADE: The Contractor's line-and-grade control shall meet the following requirements: 1. Control the application of the jacking pressure and excavation of materials ahead of the casing as it advances to prevent the casing from becoming earthbound or from deviating from the required line and grade. Check line-and-grade using surveying methods from inside the casing, or other methods approved by the Engineer, at least every 60 feet or every third casing section, whichever is less, unless permitted in writing otherwise by the Engineer. 2. Allow the Engineer to verify line and grade of the casing a minimum of three times during the progress of each crossing. In order to facilitate this verification, remove augers or other obstructions, as required by the Engineer. D. SURFACE SETTLEMENT MONITORING: Where casing is installed by microtunneling methods, surface settlement monitoring stations shall be established. Each monitoring station shall include one point on the pipe centerline and two points offset 4.6 m (15 feet) to the left and right of the pipe centerline. In unimproved areas, monitoring stations shall be located every 30.5 m (100 feet) along the pipe centerline. In paved areas, at railroad crossings, or in areas where there are other improvements, monitoring stations shall be located every 7.6 m (25 feet) along the pipe centerline unless otherwise indicated. One monitoring station at each end of a casing shall be a Subsurface Settlement Monument. The Subsurface Settlement Monument shall be installed on the pipe centerline about 25 feet from the portal, one on each end of a casing or pipe segment between jacking and receiving pits. Two Subsurface Settlement Monuments shall be installed on each casing or pipe. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-6 Contractor shall have a Land Surveyor registered in the State of California survey each settlement monitoring station at least once a day during the microtunneling, and shall monitor each settlement monitoring station 1 month after completion of the construction. The Contractor shall report the results, accurate to the nearest 0.01 foot, to the Engineer the same day and shall immediately report any settlement or heave to the City. The results shall be presented in a graphical format showing total cumulative vertical movement (i.e., settlement or heave) per day, with time in 1-day increments plotted on the horizontal axis. The results shall be accurate to 0.01 foot in all areas and shall be plotted on the vertical axis to the nearest 0.01. E. INSTALLATION: The installation of the casing shall be in accordance with the drawings and shop drawings, and shall be subject to the approval of the agency having jurisdiction over the area containing the boring-and-jacking operations. All work shall conform to the requirements of the Encroachment Permits issued by the agencies having jurisdiction. 1. Provide jacks of adequate capacity to push the casing through the soil as required to complete the crossing. Provide a suitable jacking frame and thrust block to carry out the work. 2. Set the casing to be jacked on guide rails, properly braced to support the casing, and direct it in the proper line and grade. Line up the jacking assembly in the direction and grade of the tunnel. Weld or connect all casing joints completely prior to jacking. The epoxy coating shall be field repaired in the weld area. 3. Furnish and operate when personnel are underground a temporary ventilation system, an air monitoring system conforming to the requirements of CAL/OSHA and OSHA. Operate and maintain a ventilation system that provides a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintains an atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 4. To minimize voids outside the casing, excavation shall be carried out entirely within the jacking head and not in advance of the head. Coordinate the advance of the casing and boring rate to avoid overexcavation. Maintain a soil plug inside the jacking head and steel casing as required to minimize loss of ground. At not time should the boring excavation progress ahead of the jacking head casing (i.e., no unsupported tunneling or free bore is allowed). Restrict the excavation of the material to the least clearance necessary to prevent binding in order to avoid loss of ground and consequent settlement or possible damage to overlying pavements, utilities, or structures. Pressure grout all voids. 5. Excavated materials shall be removed from the casing as the boring-and- jacking operation progresses. No accumulation of excavated materials within the casing shall be permitted. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-7 The Contractor shall dispose of all excavated materials from the casing. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for correcting all pavement settlement and any other damage that occurs as a result of installation of the casing. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE A. PIPE INSTALLATION: Install carrier pipe as shown on the drawings in accordance with specified tolerances. Remove all loose soil from casing. Provide timber skids and blocking or other approved devices, such as glass reinforced plastic runners, as required to prevent flotation, movement, or damage to the pipe during installation and grout backfill placement. Every individual pipe length or section should be supported by at least two skids or blocking points that are at least 3 feet long. B. JOINTS: All joints of the carrier pipe within the casing shall be completed in accordance with the Specifications. C. TESTING OF THE CARRIER PIPE: Hydrostatic testing of the carrier pipe shall be completed prior to the filling of the annular space between the casing and carrier pipe with grout. D. GROUT BACKFILL FOR ANNULAR SPACE IN JACKED CASING: Furnish the necessary grout, equipment, hoses, valves, and fittings for the backfilling operation. Grouting materials and grout mixes shall conform to the requirements of Section 03600. Grout shall be pumped through a pipe or hose. The grout shall be proportioned to flow and to completely fill all voids between the carrier pipe and the casing. Provide end seals with Type 316 stainless steel bonding straps at each end of the casing to contain the grout backfill. Grout backfill will be considered completed when no more grout can be injected into the annular space. Protect and preserve the interior surfaces of the steel casing from damage. E. CASING END SEAL: At casing locations in Caltrans jurisdiction the space between the casing and the pipe shall not be filled. The end of the casing shall have and end seal with Type 316 stainless steel banding straps to provide a watertight seal between the casing and the pipe. The end seal shall be Advanced Products & Systems, Cascade Water Works, Calpico, or equal. F. CLOSING OF PITS: BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-8 After jacking equipment and excavated materials from the boring or jacking operations have been removed from the jacking and receiving pits, prepare the bottom of the pits as a pipe foundation. Backfill excavations, compact backfill materials, and restore the jacking and receiving pit sites in accordance with Section 02200. *** END OF SECTION *** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) BORING-AND-JACKING AUGUST 2010 02340-9 SECTION 02350 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies requirements for sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches greater than 5 feet in depth. B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall design sheeting, shoring, and bracing in accordance with Article 6 of CAL/OSHA and the California State Labor Code. The Contractor shall also conform to the requirements of the Construction Contract Requirements (CCR) and Boilerplate (BP) of the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Program (CWSRF) including within these contract documents. The standards of design referred to in the Labor Code shall be those of CAL/OSHA. Horizontal strutting below the barrel of a pipe and the use of pipe as support are not acceptable. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING 02350-1 Reference CAL/OSHA Title State of California Construction Safety Orders California State Labor Code PART 2 - PRODUCTS The Contractor shall submit as product data to the City of Carlsbad information required by Section 6705 of the California State Labor Code. Information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300 of this project manual. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL The construction of sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall not disturb the state of soil adjacent to the trench and below the excavation bottom. Trench sheeting below the top of a pipe shall be left in place. 3.02 SEQUENCE Trench excavation shall not be started until the design for trench support has been accepted by the City of Carlsbad. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING AUGUST 2010 02350-2 SECTION 02505 PAVING AND ROADWAY RESTORATION PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies paving consisting of aggregate base, asphaltic concrete, and associated materials. This section shall include the construction or reconstruction of all items as described above that are specified in the contract documents and/or removed by the Contractor during the work as it relates directly to the construction of the pipeline, road surfaces, construction within the Buena Vista Lift Station yard, restoration of pavement and drainage swales and its appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. City of Carlsbad, Engineering Standards, Volume 1 General Design Standards, 2004 Edition.. B. State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standards Specifications, May 2006. C. SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook" 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards. B. As specified in Section 4 of the General Provisions. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 2 of the General Provisions. B. Inspection of work is the Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall submit a compaction testing plan and obtain approval from the City of Carlsbad prior to beginning paving work. Quality Assurance inspections will be provided by the Engineer and representatives from the City of Carlsbad. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PAVING AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS AUGUST 2010 02505-1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All Construction Materials shall comply with Section 203 of the SSPWC and the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions, unless otherwise specified herein. B. Aggregate Base: Aggregate base shall conform to Section 203 of the SSPWC and the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions. C. Asphalt Concrete: Asphalt Concrete shall comply with Section 203 of the SSPWC and the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions. D. Slurry Seal: Slurry Seal shall comply with Section 37-2 of Caltrans Standard Specifications. E. Concrete: Concrete for driveways, curbs, gutters, drainage swales and sidewalks shall be as specified in Section 03300 of these Technical Specifications as well as Section 201 of the SSPWC. F. Liquid Asphalt: Liquid asphalt for tack and prime coats and treatment of aggregate base conform to Section 203-6 of the SSPWC as well as the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions. G. Temporary Paving: Temporary paving used as part of the Work shall conform to paragraph 3.07 and Section 6-1 of the General Provisions. H. Sidewalk Barricade: Sidewalk barricade shall be per Section 12-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Construction shall conform to the details, dimensions and grades specified. Maximum variations in finished grade of paving shall be plus or minus 0.05 feet. B. Regardless of construction methods used, the disturbance to pavement, curbs, drainage swales, gutters, and sidewalks adjoining trenches and other excavations shall be held to a bare minimum. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the kind of surfacing to be constructed in replacement work shall correspond with the kind removed from the area except for ungravelled roads and swales, where gravel surfacing shall be used. The respective kind of concrete (asphalt or Portland cement) shall be placed, shaped, compacted, and finished to established grade and cross section by practicable means which will result in a dense, uniform textured BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PAVING AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS AUGUST 2010 02505-2 pavement. Abutting edges of old pavement and/or concrete shall be trimmed of all loose fragments and shall be painted with tack coat or thoroughly moistened with water (concrete paving only), as appropriate, to provide good bond between the old and new pavement. C. Pavement shall not be placed until the Engineer has accepted the base on which the pavement is to be placed. 3.02 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND GRADING A. Roadway Excavation and Grading shall include all work related to the Project as shown on the Drawings. B. Roadway Excavation and Grading shall include all earthwork (removal of asphalt concrete, aggregate base and native material) within the roadway prism, it shall also include the construction of local ditches, import material necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings, and full depth sawcutting at the lines shown on the Drawings. If Concrete Subbase is encountered then its removal is also included as part of this work at no additional cost to the City. C. If any Traffic Handling is required to perform Roadway Excavation and Grading it shall be included under this item, including the development, submittal, and implementation of traffic controls related to this portion of the Work. D. Roadway Excavation and Grading shall be performed per Volume 3 Chapter 6 Section 02223 of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards. 3.03 PLACE CLASS 2 AGGREGATE BASE A. Subgrade: Areas to be paved shall be graded and compacted in accordance with Section 02200, paragraph 3.06. B. Where specified, the subgrade shall be treated with lime in accordance with Section 24 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. C. Aggregate Base: Placing of aggregate base shall comply with Volume 1 Chapter 3 of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards. 3.04 PLACE ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Asphalt Concrete: Placement of asphalt concrete pavement shall comply with Volume 1 Chapter 3 of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards. Berms shall be shaped and compacted with an extrusion machine. All roadway crossings and BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PAVING AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS AUGUST 2010 02505-3 intersection crossings of the pipe trench shall have an asphalt concrete pavement placed at the end of each work day or prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement will not be allowed for roadway and intersection crossings of the pipe trench. B. Tack Coat: A tack coat shall be applied to all vertical surfaces of existing pavement; to curbs, gutters, and construction joints against which asphalt concrete will be placed; to pavements to be surfaced; and where specified at the approximate rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. Immediately prior to placing asphalt concrete, additional tack coat shall be applied to areas where the tack coat has been damaged. C. Immediately prior to construction of asphalt concrete berms, a continuous tack coat shall be applied to the pavement surface. Application of the tack coat shall not cause a slip or weakened plane between the two joined surfaces. 3.05 PLACE TYPE II SLURRY SEAL A. Placement of Slurry Seal shall be per Section 37-2 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3.06 GRAVELED ROADS AND WALKS A. All existing graveled or ungraveled roads, driveways, walks, and shoulders removed or damaged from the Work shall be replaced to the same lines and grades with aggregate base course material to a compacted thickness of 6 inches or the thickness of the removed material which ever is greater. 3.07 TEMPORARY PAVING A. All trenches shall have temporary paving in place to allow cross traffic at driveways. Temporary paving shall not be used in temporary trench restorations where the pipe trench crosses a roadway or intersection. Only asphalt concrete paving (hot mix) shall be placed in intersections and roadway crossings. Refer to Section 6-1 of the General Provisions for temporary paving requirements related to the Carlsbad Marathon. **END OF SECTION** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) PAVING AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS AUGUST 2010 02505-4 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM TESTING PART 1 ~ GENERAL 1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. The Work of this Section includes testing of the proposed force mains. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300: 1. Proposed plans for testing, and for water conveyance, control, and disposal, design and manufacture data for the mandrel (if proposed) and minimum 72-hour advance written notice of proposed testing schedule, for review by the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The Work of this Section includes temporary valves, plugs, bulkheads, and other air pressure testing and water control equipment and materials. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to piping systems and future function. Air test gages shall be laboratory- calibrated prior to the leakage test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Except as otherwise indicated, water for testing will be furnished by the Contractor and the City of Carlsbad is not responsible for conveying the water to the points of use. B. Release of water from pipelines, after testing has been completed, shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. C. Testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. SANITARY SEWERAGE BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SYSTEM TESTING AUGUST 2010 02730-1 3.02 TESTING OF PIPE FOR LEAKAGE A. General: Sewer pipes shall be tested for leakage in compliance with SSPWC Subsection 306-1.4 except as modified herein. Testing shall be completed prior to resurfacing. When leakage exceeds the indicated limits, piping shall be repaired or replaced and leakage shall be reduced to the indicated limits. B. Hydrostatic Testing of Sewage Force Mains: 1. Prior to hydrostatic testing, all pipelines shall be flushed or blown out as appropriate. The Contractor shall test all pipelines either in sections or as a unit. No section of the pipeline shall be tested until all field-placed concrete or mortar has attained an age of 14 days. The test shall be made by closing valves when available, or by placing temporary bulkheads in the pipe and filling the line slowly with water. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining that all test bulkheads are suitably restrained to resist the thrust of the test pressure without damage to, or movement of, the adjacent pipe. Any unharnessed sleeve-type couplings, expansion joints, or other sliding joints shall be restrained or suitably anchored prior to the test, to avoid movement and damage to piping and equipment. The Contractor shall provide sufficient temporary air tappings in the pipelines to allow for evacuation of all entrapped air in each pipe segment to be tested. After completion of the test, such taps shall be permanently plugged. Care shall be taken to see that all air vents are open during filling. 2. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate which will not cause any surges or exceed the rate at which the air can be released through the air valves at a reasonable velocity and all the air within the pipeline shall be properly purged. After the pipeline or section thereof has been filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least 24 hours to allow the concrete or mortar lining, as applicable, to absorb water and to allow the escape of air from any air pockets. During this period, bulkheads, valves, and connections shall be examined for leaks. If leaks are found* corrective measures satisfactory to the Engineer shall be taken. 3. The hydrostatic test shall consist of holding the test pressure on the pipeline for a period of 4 hours. The test pressure for sewage force mains shall be 133 percent of the pipe pressure class shown or specified measured at the lowest point of the pipeline section being tested. The test pressure for yard piping shall be no less than 1.5 times the shutoff head of the pumps (1 OSpsi) as measured at the lowest point of the pipeline section being tested The Contractor shall submit a schedule and details for the necessary planned sequence of shutdowns, bypass pumping, hydrostatic testing and phased tie-ins to existing Buena Vista Lift Station piping. All visible leaks shall be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 4. The maximum allowable leakage for sewage forcemains shall be 10 U.S. gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for pipe with 40-ft or greater lengths between joints and with rubber-gasketed joints and 20 U.S. gallons per inch of diameter SANITARY SEWERAGE BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SYSTEM TESTING AUGUST 2010 02730-2 per mile of pipe per 24 hours for pipe with 20-ft or less lengths between joints and with "***"* rubber-gasketed joints. Pipe with welded joints shall have no leakage. In the case of pipelines that fail to pass the prescribed leakage test, the Contractor shall determine the cause of the leakage, shall take corrective measures necessary to repair the leaks, and shall again test the pipelines. 3.03 TELEVISING SEWER FORCE MAINS A. Both force mains shall be inspected by closed circuit televising (CCTV) in compliance with Section 02060. B. All defects as determined by Engineer shall be reconstructed prior to placing pavement or permanent trench resurfacing. C. Within 72 hours of completion of the CCTV inspection of the force mains, the Contractor shall submit either in the form of a CD or a DVD three copies of the inspection activities to the Engineer for review and approval. 3.04 DEFLECTION TEST A. Flexible and semi-rigid main line pipe shall be tested for deflection, joint displacement, and other obstructions by mandrel test in compliance with Subsection 306-1.4.8 of the SSPWC. B. The test shall be performed not less than 30 days after completion of the trench backfill, but prior to permanent resurfacing. The mandrel shall be a full circle, solid cylinder, or a rigid, non-adjustable, odd-numbered leg (9 leg minimum) steel cylinder which has been approved by the Engineer as to design and manufacture and shall comply with SSPWC Subsection 306-1.4.8, referenced hereinbefore. C. Obstructions and deflections, greater than 5 percent, encountered by the mandrel shall be corrected by the Contractor. ** END OF SECTION ** SANITARY SEWERAGE BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) SYSTEM TESTING AUGUST 2010 02730-3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies formwork requirements for concrete construction. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the documents listed below. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document cites other standards, such standards are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, has been discontinued or has been replaced. Reference ACI116R ACI 347R Title Cement and Concrete Terminology Guide to Formwork for Concrete B. DESIGN: Formwork design requirements shall conform to the following: 1. Formwork, shoring and reshoring shall be designed by a civil or structural engineer currently registered in the State of California having a minimum of 3 years experience in this type of design work. ,-*«»% BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-1 2. Design and engineering of formwork, shoring and reshoring, as well as its "**"*** construction, is the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. A procedure and schedule shall be developed for removal of shores (and installation of reshores) and for calculating the loads transferred to the structure during this process. 4. Structural calculations shall be made as required to prove that all portions of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. 5. When developing procedure, schedule and structural calculations, consideration shall be made regarding the structural system that exists, effects of all loads during construction and strength of concrete at each state of construction. C. DESIGN CRITERIA: Design of formwork shall conform to the following criteria: 1. Formwork shall be designed for loads, lateral pressures and allowable stresses outlined in ACI347R and for design considerations, wind loads, allowable stresses and other applicable requirements of the controlling local building code. Where conflicts occur between the above two standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 2. Formwork shall be made to limit maximum deflection of form facing materials reflected in concrete surfaces exposed to view to 1/240 of span between structural members. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300 and shall include the following information: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. A check mark shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justifications) for BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-2 any requested deviations to the specification requirement, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions and acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 3. Manufacturer and type of proposed form materials, form ties and form coating materials. 4. Formwork designer qualifications. 5. If requested, structural analysis and concrete strength data used in planning and implementing form removal and shoring. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMS A. WOOD FORMS: Wood forms shall be new 5/8-inch or 3/4-inch, 5-ply structural plywood of concrete form grade. Forms shall be built-in-place type or pre-fabricated panel. Built in place type forms shall be 4 by 8 foot sheets except where smaller pieces will cover entire area. When approved by the Engineer, plywood may be reused. B. METAL FORMS: Metal forms excluding aluminum may be used. Forms shall be tight to prevent leakage, free of rust and straight without dents to provide members of uniform thickness. 2.02 FORM TIES Form ties shall be commercially fabricated for use in form construction and shall be constructed so that ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spilling at surfaces of the concrete. Diameter on ends shall be 3/4 inch minimum to 1 inch maximum. Embedded portion of ties shall be not less than 1 1/2 inch from face of concrete after ends have been removed. Ties with built-in waterstops shall be provided in all walls that will be in contact with process liquid during plant operation and/or high ground water. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-3 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Preparation shall conform to the following: 1. Before placing of either reinforcing steel or concrete, surfaces of forms shall be covered with an approved coating material that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with concrete, will not stain concrete or prevent bonding of future finishes. A field applied form release agent or sealer of approved type or a factory applied non absorptive liner may be used. 2. Excess form coating material shall not be permitted to stand in puddles in forms nor in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed. 3. Temporary openings shall be provided at base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is placed, and to limit height of free fall of concrete to prevent aggregate segregation. 4. Temporary openings, also called form "windows", shall be used to limit height of free fall of concrete and to limit the lateral movement of concrete during placement. Openings are required in walls placements greater than 20 feet in height and shall be spaced so that no more than 8 feet of solid form exists between openings measured horizontally and vertically. 5. Surfaces of forms, reinforcing steel and other embedded materials shall be cleaned of any accumulated mortar or grout from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before concrete is placed. 3.02 ERECTION Form erection shall conform to the following: 1. Products shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in risers shall vary from plumb a maximum of 1/2 inch for entire height and 1/4 inch in 10 feet of height. Exposed corner columns, control-joint grooves, and other exposed to view lines shall vary from plumb a maximum of 1/2 inch for entire length and 1/4 inch in 20 feet of length. 3. Maximum variation from level or from grade shall be 3/4 inch for entire length, 3/8 inch for any bay or 20 foot length and 1/4 inch in 10 feet of length for slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffits and in arises, measured before removal of supporting shores and shall be 1/2 inch for entire length and 1/4 inch in 20 feet of length for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other exposed to view lines. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-4 4. Maximum variation of linear structure lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls, and partitions shall be 3/4 inch for entire length and 3/8 inch for any bay or 20 foot length. 5. Maximum variation in size and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings and variation in horizontal plan location of beam, column and wall centerlines shall be ± 1/2 inch 6. Maximum variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls shall be ± 1/2 inch and in concrete plan dimensions for footings and foundations shall be - 1/2 inch + 2 inches. 7. Maximum misplacement or eccentricity of footings and foundations shall be 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement but not more than 2 inches. 8. Specified thickness of footings and foundations may be decreased by up to 5 percent with no maximum increase except that which may interfere with other construction. 9. Maximum step variance in the flight of stairs for Rise is ± 1/8 inch and for Tread is ± 1/4 inch and in consecutive steps for Rise is ± 1/16 inch and for Tread is ± 1/8 inch. 10. Sufficient control points and benchmarks to be used for reference purposes to check tolerances shall be established and maintained in an undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the work. 11. Regardless of tolerances listed, no portion of a structure shall be allowed to extend beyond the legal boundary of work site. 12. To maintain specified tolerances, formwork shall be cambered to compensate for anticipated deflections in formwork prior to hardening of concrete. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from concrete. 13. A 3/4-inch chamfer strip shall be placed in exposed to view corner of form to produce a 3/4-inch wide beveled edge. 14. At construction joints, contact surface of form sheathing for flush surfaces exposed to view over hardened concrete in previous placement shall be overlapped by at least 1 inch. Forms against hardened concrete shall be held to prevent offsets or loss of mortar at construction joint and to maintain a true surface. Where possible, juncture of built-in-place wood or metal forms shall be located at architectural lines, control joints or at construction joints. 15. Where circular walls are formed and forms made up of straight sections are proposed for use, straight lengths not exceeding 2 feet wide shall be provided for curved surfaces 25 feet or larger. Formwork shall be braced and tied to maintain correct position and shape of members. 16. Wood forms for wall openings shall be constructed to facilitate loosening, if necessary, to counteract swelling. Formwork shall be anchored to shores or other BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-5 supporting surfaces of members so that movement of any part of formwork system is prevented during concrete placement. 17. Runways for moving equipment shall be provided with struts or legs, supported directly on formwork or structural member without resting on reinforcing steel. 18. A positive means of adjustment (wedges or jacks) of shores and struts and take up all settlement during concrete placing operation shall be provided. Forms shall be securely braced against lateral deflection. Wedges used for final adjustment of forms shall be fastened prior to concrete placement in position after final check. 3.03 REMOVAL OF FORMS Removal of forms shall conform to the following: 1. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. 2. When required for concrete curing in hot weather, required for repair of surface defects or when finishing is required at an early age, forms shall be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations or lack of support. 3. Top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete shall be removed as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Any needed repairs or treatment required on such sloping surfaces shall be performed at once, followed by curing specified in Section 03300. 4. Wood forms for wall openings shall be loosened as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. 5. Formwork for columns, walls, sides of beams, and other parts not supporting weight of concrete may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal. 6. Where no reshoring is planned, forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete shall be left in place until concrete has attained its specified 28-day compressive strength. Where a reshoring procedure is planned, supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. 7. When shores and other vertical supports are so arranged that non-load-carrying form facing material may be removed without loosening or disturbing shores and supports, BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-6 facing material may be removed when concrete has sufficiently hardened to resist damage from removal. 3.04 RESHORING Reshoring shall conform to the following: 1. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. 2. While reshoring is underway, no superimposed dead or live loads shall be permitted on the new construction. 3. During reshoring, concrete in structural members shall not be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads that structural members can adequately support. 4. Reshores shall be placed as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete but in no case later than the end of working day on which stripping occurs. 5. Reshores shall be placed to carry their required loads without overstressing. 6. Where no reshoring is planned, forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete shall be left in place until concrete has attained its specified 28 day compressive strength. Where a reshoring procedure is planned, supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength by the formwork designer's structural calculations. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) FORMWORK AUGUST 2010 03100-7 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies reinforcing steel for use in reinforced concrete. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALITY CONTROL BY CONTRACTOR: To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for cast-in-place concrete, the Contractor shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory shall sample and test concrete related materials as required in Section 03300. Costs of testing laboratory services shall be borne by the Contractor. B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference ACI315 ASTM A82 ASTM Al 85 Title Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT AUGUST 2010 03200-1 Reference ASTMA615/A615M REVB ASTM A616/A616M ASTMA617/A617M ASTM A706/A706M REVB ASTMA775/A775M ASTME329 AWS D1.4 CRSI-PRB CRSI-MSP 1 FEDSPEC QQ-W-461H Title Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel Placing Reinforcing Bars Manual of Standard Practice Wire, Steel, Carbon (Round, Bare, and Coated) 1.03 PLACING DRAWINGS The Contractor shall prepare reinforcement placing drawings conforming to the requirements of ACI315. Placing drawings shall include bar lists, schedules, bending details, placing details, and placing plans and elevations as required to fully delineate this portion of the work. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 BAR REINFORCEMENT Reinforcing bars shall be deformed billet steel in conformance with ASTM A615, including supplementary requirements. Bars shall be Grade 60, except ties or field-bent bars where specified shall be Grade 40. Bars to be welded shall be Grade 40 or shall be deformed billet steel conforming to ASTM A706. ASTM A616 or ASTM A617 steel shall not be used. Bars provided as dowels for future construction and bars where specified shall be epoxy-coated in conformance with ASTM A775. 2.02 WIRE FABRIC Wire fabric shall be welded steel mesh conforming to ASTM A185. BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) AUGUST 2010 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-2 2.03 WIRE AND PLAIN BARS Wire used as reinforcement and bars used as spiral reinforcement in structures shall be cold drawn steel conforming to ASTM A82. 2.04 TIE WIRE The wire shall be minimum 16 gage annealed steel conforming to FEDSPEC QQ-W-461H. 2.05 BAR SUPPORTS Bar supports coming into contact with forms shall be CRSI Class 1 plastic protected or Class 2 stainless steel protected and shall be located in accordance with CRSI MSP-1 and placed in accordance with CRSI PRB. Concrete block supports shall be provided for footing and slabs on grade. Stainless steel or plastic protected plain steel supports shall be provided for other work. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided prior to installation in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Certified mill test reports 2. Welder qualification certificate in accordance with AWS Dl .4. 3. Placing Drawings PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION Reinforcing steel shall not be bent or straightened in a manner which will injure the material. Bars with kinks or with bends not shown shall not be used. Heating or welding bars shall be performed in accordance with AWS D1.4 and shall only be permitted where specified or approved by the Engineer. Bars shall not be welded at the bend. 3.02 PLACEMENT Reinforcing steel shall be placed in accordance with CRSI PRB and CRSI MSP-1. Reinforcing steel shall be positioned accurately and secured against displacement by using annealed iron wire at intersections and shall be supported by concrete or metal chairs, spacers or metal hangers. Tack welding of cross bars is not acceptable. Bars shown on the drawings shall BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT AUGUST 2010 03200-3 not be repositioned (buried) to act as support bars. Additional bars shall be provided as required for supports. Steel rods and pegs may be used to support reinforcing steel on rock foundations. Reinforcing steel shall be placed in such a manner as to not damage waterproofing membrane or plastic lining which has been previously applied or constructed. Reinforcing steel shall be shop- bent or slightly relocated where necessary to clear waterstop. Reinforcing steel shall not be placed on fresh concrete or forced into fresh concrete. Supports for embedded items shall not be welded to the reinforcement. Additional reinforcement may be provided for this purpose. 3.03 SPLICING Reinforcing steel shall be spliced as shown. Additional splices may be provided where approved by the Engineer. In slabs, beams, girders and walls, reinforcing steel shall not be spliced in areas of maximum stress. Splices of adjacent bars shall be staggered at least one splice length, unless otherwise specified. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be at least 1 1/2 meshes wide. 3.04 CLEANING Reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of mill rust scale, dried concrete, or other coatings that may reduce bond. Reinforcement reduced in section is not acceptable. When concrete placement is delayed, reinforcement shall be cleaned by sandblasting if directed by the Engineer. 3.05 REPAIR OF EPOXY COATING Epoxy coating damage need not be repaired in cases where the damaged area is 0.1 square inch or smaller. All damaged areas larger than 0.1 square inch shall be repaired in conformance with ASTM A775. ** END OF SECTION ** BUENA VISTA LIFT STATION FORCE MAIN (VC-4) CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT AUGUST 2010 03200-4